Chapters in this book

152 of 152 chapters

260 hadiths · Full book

Unnumbered chapter

To hurry up for the stay (at 'Arafāt).

No hadith entries are assigned to this chapter.

Chapter 1

It is obligatory to perform Hajj (once in a life time) and its superiority, and the Statement of Allāh: نَمَالِي 'Hajj' (pilgrimage to Makkah) to the House (Ka'bah) is a duty that mankind owes to Allāh, those who can afford the expenses (for conveyance, provision and residence etc.). And whoever disbelieves [i.e., denies Hajj, (pilgrimage to Makkah) then he is a disbeliever in Allāh]. Then Allāh stands not in need of any of the 'Ālamīn (mankind, jinn and all that exists) (V.3:97)

Hadith 1513

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1513. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: Al-Faḍl (his brother) was riding behind Allāh's Messenger ﷺ and a woman from the tribe of Khath'am came and Al-Faḍl started looking at her and she started looking at him. The Prophet ﷺ turned Al-Faḍl's face to the other side. The woman said, "O Allāh's Messenger! The obligation of Hajj enjoined by Allāh on His devotees has become due on my father and he is old and weak, and he cannot sit firm on the mount; may I perform Hajj on his behalf?" The Prophet ﷺ replied, "Yes, you may." That happened during the Hajj Al-Widā' (of the Prophet ﷺ).

Arabic text

1513 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ بْنِ يَسَارٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: كَانَ الفَضْلُ رَدِيفَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَجَاءَتِ امْرَأَةٌ مِنْ خَشْعَمَ، فَجَعَلَ الفَضْلُ يَنْظُرُ إِلَيْهَا وَتَنْظُرُ إِلَيْهِ، وَجَعَلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، يَصْرِفُ وَجْهَ الفَضْلِ إِلَى الشِّقِّ الآخَرِ، فَقَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنَّ فَرِيضَةَ اللَّهِ عَلَى عِبَادِهِ فِي الحَجِّ أَدْرَكَتْ أَبِي شَيْخًا كَبِيرًا، لاَ يَثْبُتُ عَلَى الرَّاحِلَةِ، أَفَأَحُجُّ عَنْهُ؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ»، وَذَلِكَ فِي حَجَّةِ الوَدَاعِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1513

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1513

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 2

The Statement of Allāh: نَمَالِي: And proclaim to mankind the Hajj (pilgrimage). They will come to you on foot and on every lean camel, they will come from every deep and distant (wide) mountain highway (to perform Hajj). That they may

Hadith 1514

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1514. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: I saw that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to ride on his Rāhila (mount) at Dhul-Hulaifa and used to start saying Labbaik when the Rāhila stood up straight.

Arabic text

1514 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، أَنَّ سَالِمَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، أَخْبَرَهُ أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَرْكَبُ رَاحِلَتَهُ بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ، ثُمَّ يُهِلُّ حَتَّى تَسْتَوِيَ بِهِ قَائِمَةً»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1514

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1514

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1515

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1515. Narrated Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رضي الله عنه: that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ started saying, Labbaik from Dhul-Hulaifa when his Rāhila (mount) stood up straight carrying him.

Arabic text

1515 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُوسَى، أَخْبَرَنَا الوَلِيدُ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، سَمِعَ عَطَاءً، يُحَدِّثُ عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا «أَنَّ إِهْلاَلَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ ذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ حِينَ اسْتَوَتْ بِهِ رَاحِلَتُهُ» رَوَاهُ أَنَسٌ، وَابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1515

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1515

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 3

To go for Hajj on a pack-saddle (of a camel).

Hadith 1516

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1516. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: The Prophet ﷺ sent my brother, 'Abdur Rahmān with me to Tanīm for the Umra, and he made me ride on the packsaddle (of a camel). 'Umar said, "Be ready to travel for Hajj as it (Hajj) is one of the two kinds of Jihād."(1)

Arabic text

1516 - وَقَالَ أَبَانُ: حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ دِينَارٍ، عَنِ القَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَعَثَ مَعَهَا أَخَاهَا عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ، فَأَعْمَرَهَا مِنَ التَّنْعِيمِ، وَحَمَلَهَا عَلَى قَتَبٍ» وَقَالَ عُمَرُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: «شُدُّوا الرِّحَالَ فِي الحَجِّ فَإِنَّهُ أَحَدُ الجِهَادَيْنِ»

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.1516) Jihād literally means struggle and perseverance. Holy fighting against the enemies of Islām is also called Jihād. Hajj here is regarded as a kind of Jihād since one endures many difficulties and has to control one's desires and spend money on performing Hajj.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1516

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1516

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1517

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1517. Narrated Thumāma bin 'Abdullāh bin Anas: Anas performed the Hajj on a packsaddle (of a camel) and he was not a miser. Anas رضي الله عنه said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ performed Hajj on a packsaddle (of a camel) and the same Rāhila (mount) was carrying his baggage too."

Arabic text

1517 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَزْرَةُ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ، عَنْ ثُمَامَةَ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَنَسٍ، قَالَ: «حَجَّ أَنَسٌ عَلَى رَحْلٍ وَلَمْ يَكُنْ شَحِيحًا» وَحَدَّثَ: «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَجَّ عَلَى رَحْلٍ وَكَانَتْ زَامِلَتَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1517

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1517

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1518

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1518. Narrated Al-Qāsim bin Muḥammad: 'Aishah رضي الله عنها said, "O Allāh's Messenger! You performed Umra but I did not." He said, "O 'Abdur-Raḥmān! Go along with your sister and let her perform Umra from Tan'im." 'Abdur-Raḥmān made her ride over the packsaddle of a she-camel and she performed Umra.

Arabic text

1518 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيْمَنُ بْنُ نَابِلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا القَاسِمُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، اعْتَمَرْتُمْ وَلَمْ أَعْتَمِرْ، فَقَالَ: «يَا عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ، اذْهَبْ بِأُخْتِكَ، فَأَعْمِرْهَا مِنَ التَّنْعِيمِ، فَأَحْقَبَهَا عَلَى نَاقَةٍ» فَاعْتَمَرَتْ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1518

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1518

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 4

The superiority of Al-Hajj-ul-Mabrūr (most probably means the Hajj which is performed with the intention of seeking Allāh's Pleasures only and is in accordance with the Prophet's legal ways; without committing sins and is acceptable to Allāh).

Hadith 1519

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1519. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ was asked, "Which is the best deed?" He said, "To believe in Allāh and His Messenger (Muhammad) ﷺ." He was then asked, "Which is the next (in goodness)?" He said, "To participate in Jihād in Allāh's Cause." He was again asked, "Which is the next?" He said, "To perform Hajj-Mabrūr."

Arabic text

1519 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ العَزِيزِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ المُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: سُئِلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَيُّ الأَعْمَالِ أَفْضَلُ؟ قَالَ: «إِيمَانٌ بِاللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِ» قِيلَ: ثُمَّ مَاذَا؟ قَالَ: «جِهَادٌ فِي سَبِيلِ اللَّهِ» قِيلَ: ثُمَّ مَاذَا؟ قَالَ: «حَجٌّ مَبْرُورٌ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1519

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1519

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1520

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1520. Narrated 'Āishah, the Mother of the faithful believers رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: I said, "O Allāh's Messenger! We consider Jihād as the best deed. Should we not participate in Jihād?" The Prophet ﷺ said, "The best Jihād (for women) is Hajj-Mabrūr."

Arabic text

1520 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ المُبَارَكِ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا حَبِيبُ بْنُ أَبِي عَمْرَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ بِنْتِ طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ أُمِّ المُؤْمِنِينَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، نَرَى الجِهَادَ أَفْضَلَ العَمَلِ، أَفَلاَ نُجَاهِدُ؟ قَالَ: «لاَ، لَكِنَّ أَفْضَلَ الجِهَادِ حَجٌّ مَبْرُورٌ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1520

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1520

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1521

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1521. Narrated Abū Hurairah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Whoever performs Hajj for Allāh's sake only and does not have sexual relations with his wife, and does not do evil or sins; then he will return (after Hajj, free from all sins) as if he was born anew."

Arabic text

1521 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا سَيَّارٌ أَبُو الحَكَمِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا حَازِمٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مَنْ حَجَّ لِلَّهِ فَلَمْ يَرْفُثْ، وَلَمْ يَفْسُقْ، رَجَعَ كَيَوْمِ وَلَدَتْهُ أُمُّهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1521

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1521

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 5

The demarcation of Mawāqīt for Hajj.

Hadith 1522

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1522. Narrated Zaid bin Jubair: I went to visit رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar at his house which contained many tents made of (1) (Ch.5) Iḥrām: A state in which one is prohibited to practise certain deeds that are lawful at other times. The ceremonies of Umra and Hajj are performed during such state. When one assumes this state, the first thing one should do is to express mentally and orally one's intention to assume this state for the purpose of performing Hajj or Umra. Then Talbīya* is recited, two sheets of unstiched clothes are the only clothes one wears; (1) Izār: worn below one's waist and the other (2) Ridā: worn round upper part of the body.* * Talbīya: See Hadīth No.1549. cotton cloth and these were encircled with Surādik (part of the tent). I asked him from where should one assume Ihrām for Umra. He said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ had fixed as Miqāt (singular of Mawāqit) Qarn for the people of Najd, Dhul-Hulaifa for the people of Al-Madīna, and Al-Juhfa for the people of Sham."

Arabic text

1522 - حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي زَيْدُ بْنُ جُبَيْرٍ، أَنَّهُ أَتَى عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا فِي مَنْزِلِهِ، وَلَهُ فُسْطَاطٌ وَسُرَادِقٌ، فَسَأَلْتُهُ مِنْ أَيْنَ يَجُوزُ أَنْ أَعْتَمِرَ؟ قَالَ: «فَرَضَهَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِأَهْلِ نَجْدٍ قَرْنًا، وَلِأَهْلِ المَدِينَةِ ذَا الحُلَيْفَةِ، وَلِأَهْلِ الشَّأْمِ الجُحْفَةَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1522

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1522

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 6

The Statement of Allāh تعالى:

Hadith 1523

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1523. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهم: The people of Yemen used to come for Hajj and used not to bring enough provisions with them and used to say that they depend on Allāh. On their arrival in Al-Madīna they used to beg the people, and so Allāh revealed, "...And take a provision (with you) for the journey, but the best provision is At-Taqwa (piety, righteousness)..." (V.2:197).

Arabic text

1523 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ بِشْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شَبَابَةُ، عَنْ وَرْقَاءَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ : " كَانَ أَهْلُ اليَمَنِ يَحُجُّونَ وَلاَ يَتَزَوَّدُونَ، وَيَقُولُونَ: نَحْنُ المُتَوَكِّلُونَ، فَإِذَا قَدِمُوا مَكَّةَ سَأَلُوا النَّاسَ، فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى: {وَتَزَوَّدُوا فَإِنَّ خَيْرَ الزَّادِ التَّقْوَى} [البقرة: 197] رَوَاهُ ابْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ مُرْسَلًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1523

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1523

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 7

Miqāt of Hajj and Umra for the people of Makkah.

Hadith 1524

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1524. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهم: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ made Dhul-Hulaifa as the Miqāt for the people of Al-Madīna; Al-Juhfa for the people of Sham; Qarn-al- (1) (Ch.6) Muttaqūn: It means pious and righteous persons who fear Allāh much (abstain from all kinds of sins and evil deeds which He has forbidden) and love Allāh much (perform all kinds of good deeds which He has ordained). Manāzil for the people of Najd; and Yalamlam for the people of Yemen; and these Mawāqīt are for the people at those very places, and besides them for those who come through those places with the intention of performing Hajj and Umra. Whoever is living within these boundaries can assume Iḥrām(1) from the place he starts, and the people of Makkah can assume Iḥrām (for Hajj only) from Makkah.

Arabic text

1524 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، قَالَ: «إِنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَقَّتَ لِأَهْلِ المَدِينَةِ ذَا الحُلَيْفَةِ، وَلِأَهْلِ الشَّأْمِ الجُحْفَةَ، وَلِأَهْلِ نَجْدٍ قَرْنَ المَنَازِلِ، وَلِأَهْلِ اليَمَنِ يَلَمْلَمَ، هُنَّ لَهُنَّ، وَلِمَنْ أَتَى عَلَيْهِنَّ مِنْ غَيْرِهِنَّ مِمَّنْ أَرَادَ الحَجَّ وَالعُمْرَةَ، وَمَنْ كَانَ دُونَ ذَلِكَ، فَمِنْ حَيْثُ أَنْشَأَ حَتَّى أَهْلُ مَكَّةَ مِنْ مَكَّةَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1524

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1524

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 8

The Miqāt for the people of Al-Madīna (is Dhul-Hulaifa) and they should not assume Iḥrām before Dhul-Hulaifa.

Hadith 1525

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1525. Narrated Nāfi': 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, 'The people of Al-Madīna should assume Iḥrām from Dhul-Hulaifa; the people of Shām from Al-Juhfa; and the people of Najd from Qarn.'" And 'Abdullāh added, "I was informed that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ had said, 'The people of Yemen should assume Iḥrām from Yalamlam.'"

Arabic text

1525 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «يُهِلُّ أَهْلُ المَدِينَةِ مِنْ ذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ، وَيُهِلُّ أَهْلُ الشَّأْمِ مِنَ الجُحْفَةِ، وَأَهْلُ نَجْدٍ مِنْ قَرْنٍ»، قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ وَبَلَغَنِي أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «وَيُهِلُّ أَهْلُ اليَمَنِ مِنْ يَلَمْلَمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1525

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1525

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 9

The Miqāt for the people of Shām.

Hadith 1526

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1526. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ had fixed Dhul-Hulaifa as the Miqāt for the people of Al-Madīna; Al-Juhfa for the people of Sham; and Qarn-al-Manāzil for the people of Najd; and Yalamlam for the people of Yemen. So, these (above-mentioned) are the Mawāqīt for all those living at those places; and besides them for those who come through those places with the intention of performing Hajj and Umra. Whoever lives within these places should assume Ihrām from his dwelling place, and similarly the people of Makkah can assume Ihrām (for Hajj only) from Makkah.

Arabic text

1526 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «وَقَّتَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِأَهْلِ المَدِينَةِ ذَا الحُلَيْفَةِ، وَلِأَهْلِ الشَّأْمِ الجُحْفَةَ، وَلِأَهْلِ نَجْدٍ قَرْنَ المَنَازِلِ، وَلِأَهْلِ اليَمَنِ يَلَمْلَمَ، فَهُنَّ لَهُنَّ، وَلِمَنْ أَتَى عَلَيْهِنَّ مِنْ غَيْرِ أَهْلِهِنَّ لِمَنْ كَانَ يُرِيدُ الحَجَّ وَالعُمْرَةَ، فَمَنْ كَانَ دُونَهُنَّ، فَمُهَلُّهُ مِنْ أَهْلِهِ، وَكَذَاكَ حَتَّى أَهْلُ مَكَّةَ يُهِلُّونَ مِنْهَا»

Footnotes

1 (1) (H. 1524) Iḥrām: See the footnote of chapter 5, before Ḥadīth No. 1522.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1526

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1526

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 10

The Miqāt for the people of Najd.

Hadith 1527

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1527. Narrated Sālim's father, "The Prophet ﷺ had fixed the Mawāqīt as follows: (Hadīth No. 1528)

Arabic text

1527 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيٌّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَفِظْنَاهُ مِنَ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، وَقَّتَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ،

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1527

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1527

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1528

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1528. Narrated 'Abdullāh (bin 'Umar) رضي الله عنهما saying "The Miqāt for the people of Al-Madīna is Dhul-Hulaifa; for the people of Sham is Mahī'a; (i.e. Al-Juhfa); and for the people of Najd is Qarn." Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما added, "They claim, but I did not hear personally, that the Prophet ﷺ said, 'The Miqāt for the people of Yemen is Yalamlam.'"

Arabic text

1528 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «مُهَلُّ أَهْلِ المَدِينَةِ ذُو الحُلَيْفَةِ، وَمُهَلُّ أَهْلِ الشَّأْمِ مَهْيَعَةُ - وَهِيَ الجُحْفَةُ - وَأَهْلِ نَجْدٍ قَرْنٌ» قَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: زَعَمُوا أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ وَلَمْ أَسْمَعْهُ: «وَمُهَلُّ أَهْلِ اليَمَنِ يَلَمْلَمُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1528

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1528

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 11

The Miqāt for those people who are living within the Mawāqīt.

Hadith 1529

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1529. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ fixed Dhul-Hulaifa as the Miqāt for the people of Al-Madīna, Al- Juhfa, for the people of Sham, Yalamlam for the people of Yemen, and Qarn for the people of Najd. And these Mawāqūt are for those living at those very places, and besides them; for those who come through those places with the intention of performing Hajj and Umra; and whoever is living inside these places can assume Ihrām from his own dwelling place, and the people of Makkah can assume Ihrām (for Hajj only) from Makkah.

Arabic text

1529 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَقَّتَ لِأَهْلِ المَدِينَةِ ذَا الحُلَيْفَةِ، وَلِأَهْلِ الشَّأْمِ الجُحْفَةَ، وَلِأَهْلِ اليَمَنِ يَلَمْلَمَ، وَلِأَهْلِ نَجْدٍ قَرْنًا، فَهُنَّ لَهُنَّ وَلِمَنْ أَتَى عَلَيْهِنَّ، مِنْ غَيْرِ أَهْلِهِنَّ مِمَّنْ كَانَ يُرِيدُ الحَجَّ وَالعُمْرَةَ، فَمَنْ كَانَ دُونَهُنَّ، فَمِنْ أَهْلِهِ حَتَّى إِنَّ أَهْلَ مَكَّةَ يُهِلُّونَ مِنْهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1529

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1529

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 12

The Miqāt for the people of Yemen.

Hadith 1530

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1530. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهم: The Prophet ﷺ fixed Dhul-Ḥulaifa as the Miqāt for the people of Al-Madīna, Al-Juhfa for the people of Sham, Qarn-al-Manāzil for the people of Najd, and Yalamlam for the people of Yemen. And these Mawāqūt are for those living at those very places, and besides them, for all those who come through them with the intention of performing Hajj and Umra; and whoever is living within these Mawāqūt should assume Ihrām from where he starts, and the people of Makkah can assume Ihrām (for Hajj only) from Makkah.

Arabic text

1530 - حَدَّثَنَا مُعَلَّى بْنُ أَسَدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَقَّتَ لِأَهْلِ المَدِينَةِ ذَا الحُلَيْفَةِ، وَلِأَهْلِ الشَّأْمِ الجُحْفَةَ، وَلِأَهْلِ نَجْدٍ قَرْنَ المَنَازِلِ، وَلِأَهْلِ اليَمَنِ يَلَمْلَمَ، هُنَّ لِأَهْلِهِنَّ، وَلِكُلِّ آتٍ أَتَى عَلَيْهِنَّ مِنْ غَيْرِهِمْ مِمَّنْ أَرَادَ الحَجَّ وَالعُمْرَةَ، فَمَنْ كَانَ دُونَ ذَلِكَ، فَمِنْ حَيْثُ أَنْشَأَ، حَتَّى أَهْلُ مَكَّةَ مِنْ مَكَّةَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1530

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1530

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 13

The Miqāt for the people of 'Irāq is Dhāt-'Irq.

Hadith 1531

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1531. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهم: When these two towns (Baṣrah and Kūfa) were conquered, the people went to 'Umar and said, "O chief of the faithful believers! The Prophet ﷺ fixed Qarn as the Miqāt for the people of Najd, it is beyond our way and it is difficult for us to pass through it." 'Umar said, "Take as your Miqāt a place situated opposite to Qarn on your usual way. So, he fixed Dhāt-'Irq (as their Miqāt)."

Arabic text

1531 - حَدَّثَنِي عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: لَمَّا فُتِحَ هَذَانِ المِصْرَانِ أَتَوْا عُمَرَ، فَقَالُوا: يَا أَمِيرَ المُؤْمِنِينَ، «إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَدَّ لِأَهْلِ نَجْدٍ قَرْنًا»، وَهُوَ جَوْرٌ عَنْ طَرِيقِنَا، وَإِنَّا إِنْ أَرَدْنَا قَرْنًا شَقَّ عَلَيْنَا، قَالَ: فَانْظُرُوا حَذْوَهَا مِنْ طَرِيقِكُمْ، فَحَدَّ لَهُمْ ذَاتَ عِرْقٍ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1531

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1531

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 14

Untitled chapter

Hadith 1532

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1532. Narrated Nāfi': 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رضي الله عنهما said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ made his camel sit (i.e. he dismounted) at Al-Baṭḥā' in Dhul-Ḥulaifa and offered the Ṣalāt (prayer).". 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar used to do the same.

Arabic text

1532 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَاخَ بِالْبَطْحَاءِ بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ، فَصَلَّى بِهَا» وَكَانَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1532

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1532

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 15

The going of the Prophet ﷺ (for Hajj) via Ash-Shajara way.

Hadith 1533

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1533. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to go (for Hajj) via Ash-Shajara way and return via Mu'arras way. And no doubt, whenever Allāh's Messenger ﷺ went to Makkah, he used to offer the Ṣalāt (prayer) in the mosque of Ash-Shajara; and on his return journey, he used to offer the Ṣalāt at Dhul-Ḥulaifa in the middle of the valley, and pass the night there till morning.

Arabic text

1533 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ المُنْذِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَنَسُ بْنُ عِيَاضٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَخْرُجُ مِنْ طَرِيقِ الشَّجَرَةِ، وَيَدْخُلُ مِنْ طَرِيقِ المُعَرَّسِ، وَأَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، كَانَ إِذَا خَرَجَ إِلَى مَكَّةَ يُصَلِّي فِي مسْجِدِ الشَّجَرَةِ، وَإِذَا رَجَعَ صَلَّى بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ بِبَطْنِ الوَادِي، وَبَاتَ حَتَّى يُصْبِحَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1533

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1533

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 16

The saying of the Prophet ﷺ: "Al-'Aqīq is a blessed valley."

Hadith 1534

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1534. Narrated 'Umar رضي الله عنه: In the valley of Al-'Aqīq I heard Allāh's Messenger ☩ saying, "Tonight a messenger came to me from my Lord and asked me to offer Ṣalāt (prayer) in this blessed valley; and to assume Iḥrām for Hajj and Umra together."

Arabic text

1534 - حَدَّثَنَا الحُمَيْدِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الوَلِيدُ، وَبِشْرُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ التِّنِّيسِيُّ، قَالاَ: حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عِكْرِمَةُ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، يَقُولُ: إِنَّهُ سَمِعَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِوَادِي العَقِيقِ يَقُولُ: " أَتَانِي اللَّيْلَةَ آتٍ مِنْ رَبِّي، فَقَالَ: صَلِّ فِي هَذَا الوَادِي المُبَارَكِ ، وَقُلْ: عُمْرَةً فِي حَجَّةٍ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1534

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1534

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1535

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1535. Narrated 'Abdullāh (bin 'Umar) ☩, "The Prophet ﷺ while resting in the bottom of the valley at Mu'arras (a place where a traveller rests in the last part of night) in Dhul-Hulaifa, said that he had been addressed in a dream, 'Verily you are in a blessed valley.'" Sālim made us to dismount from our camels at the place where 'Abdullāh used to dismount, aiming at the place where Allāh's Messenger ☩ had rested and it was below the mosque situated in the middle of the valley in between them (the residence) and the road.

Arabic text

1535 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا فُضَيْلُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي سَالِمُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: أَنَّهُ " رُئِيَ وَهُوَ فِي مُعَرَّسٍ بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ بِبَطْنِ الوَادِي، قِيلَ لَهُ: إِنَّكَ بِبَطْحَاءَ مُبَارَكَةٍ " وَقَدْ أَنَاخَ بِنَا سَالِمٌ يَتَوَخَّى بِالْمُنَاخِ الَّذِي كَانَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ يُنِيخُ يَتَحَرَّى مُعَرَّسَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَهُوَ أَسْفَلُ مِنَ المَسْجِدِ الَّذِي بِبَطْنِ الوَادِي بَيْنَهُمْ وَبَيْنَ الطَّرِيقِ وَسَطٌ مِنْ ذَلِكَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1535

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1535

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 17

To wash the perfume thrice off the clothes (of Iḥrām).

Hadith 1536

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1536. Narrated Ṣafwān bin Ya'la: Ya'la said to 'Umar ☩, "Show me the Prophet ﷺ when he is being inspired Divinely." While the Prophet ﷺ was at Jirāna (in the company of some of his Companions) a person came and asked, "O Allāh's Messenger! What is your verdict regarding that person who assumes Iḥrām for 'Umra and is scented with perfume?" The Prophet ﷺ kept quiet for a while and he was Divinely inspired (then). 'Umar beckoned Ya'la. So he came, and Allāh's Messenger ﷺ was shaded with a sheet. Ya'la put his head in and saw that the face of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ was red and he was snoring. When that state of the Prophet ﷺ was over, he ﷺ asked, "Where is the person who asked about 'Umra?" Then that person was brought and the Prophet ﷺ said, "Wash the perfume off your body thrice and take off the cloak and do the same in 'Umra as you do in Hajj."

Arabic text

1536 - قَالَ أَبُو عَاصِمٍ: أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَطَاءٌ، أَنَّ صَفْوَانَ بْنَ يَعْلَى أَخْبَرَهُ، أَنَّ يَعْلَى قَالَ لِعُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: أَرِنِي النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ يُوحَى إِلَيْهِ، قَالَ: " فَبَيْنَمَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْجِعْرَانَةِ، وَمَعَهُ نَفَرٌ مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ، جَاءَهُ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، كَيْفَ تَرَى فِي رَجُلٍ أَحْرَمَ بِعُمْرَةٍ، وَهُوَ مُتَضَمِّخٌ بِطِيبٍ، فَسَكَتَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَاعَةً، فَجَاءَهُ الوَحْيُ، فَأَشَارَ عُمَرُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ إِلَى يَعْلَى، فَجَاءَ يَعْلَى وَعَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ثَوْبٌ قَدْ أُظِلَّ بِهِ، فَأَدْخَلَ رَأْسَهُ، فَإِذَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مُحْمَرُّ الوَجْهِ، وَهُوَ يَغِطُّ، ثُمَّ سُرِّيَ عَنْهُ، فَقَالَ: «أَيْنَ الَّذِي سَأَلَ عَنِ العُمْرَةِ؟» فَأُتِيَ بِرَجُلٍ، فَقَالَ: «اغْسِلِ الطِّيبَ الَّذِي بِكَ ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ، وَانْزِعْ عَنْكَ الجُبَّةَ، وَاصْنَعْ فِي عُمْرَتِكَ كَمَا تَصْنَعُ فِي حَجَّتِكَ» قُلْتُ لِعَطَاءٍ: أَرَادَ الإِنْقَاءَ حِينَ أَمَرَهُ أَنْ يَغْسِلَ ثَلاَثَ مَرَّاتٍ؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1536

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1536

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 18

The use of perfume while assuming Iḥrām. What to wear when one intends to assume Iḥrām. May one comb and put oil on one's hair?

Hadith 1537

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1537. Narrated Sa'īd bin Jubair: Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنها used to oil his hair. I told that to Ibrāhīm who said, "What do you think about this statement."

Arabic text

1537 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، يَدَّهِنُ بِالزَّيْتِ، فَذَكَرْتُهُ لِإِبْرَاهِيمَ، قَالَ: مَا تَصْنَعُ بِقَوْلِهِ:

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1537

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1537

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1538

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1538. Narrated Aswad: 'Aishah رضي الله عنها said: As if I were just now observing the glitter of the scent in the parting of the hair of the Prophet ﷺ while he was Muḥrim?"

Arabic text

1538 - حَدَّثَنِي الأَسْوَدُ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: «كَأَنِّي أَنْظُرُ إِلَى وَبِيصِ الطِّيبِ فِي مَفَارِقِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ مُحْرِمٌ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1538

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1538

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1539

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1539. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها the wife of the Prophet ﷺ: I used to scent Allāh's Messenger ﷺ when he wanted to assume Iḥrām and also on finishing Iḥrām before the Tawāf round the Ka'bah (Tawāf-al-Ifāda).

Arabic text

1539 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ القَاسِمِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَتْ: «كُنْتُ أُطَيِّبُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِإِحْرَامِهِ حِينَ يُحْرِمُ، وَلِحِلِّهِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَطُوفَ بِالْبَيْتِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1539

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1539

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 19

Whosoever recited Talbiya(1) and assumed Iḥrām with head-hair matted (with resin or the like).

Hadith 1540

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1540. Narrated Sālim's father رضي الله عنه: "I heard Allāh's Messenger ﷺ reciting Talbiya and assuming Iḥrām with his head-hair matted together. (1) (Ch.18) Talbiya: See Ḥadīth No.1549.

Arabic text

1540 - حَدَّثَنَا أَصْبَغُ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: «سَمِعْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُهِلُّ مُلَبِّدًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1540

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1540

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 20

To recite Talbiya and assume Ihram at the mosque of Dhul-Hulaifa (by the inhabitants of Al-Madīna who want to perform Hajj or Umra).

Hadith 1541

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1541. Narrated Sālim bin 'Abdullāh رضي الله عنهم: I heard my father saying, "Never did Allāh's Messenger ﷺ recite Talbīya and assume Ihram except at the Mosque, that is, at the mosque of Dhul-Hulaifa.

Arabic text

1541 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، سَمِعْتُ سَالِمَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، ح

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1541

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1541

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 21

What kind of clothes a Muḥrim should not wear.

Hadith 1542

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1542. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رضي الله عنهم: A man asked, "O Allāh's Messenger! What kind of clothes should a Muḥrim wear?" Allāh's Messenger ﷺ replied, "He should not wear a shirt, a turban, trousers, a headcloak or leather socks, except if he can find no slippers, he then may wear leather socks after cutting off what might cover the ankles. And he should not wear clothes which are scented with saffron or Wars (kinds of perfumes)."

Arabic text

١٥٤٢ - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ ﵄: «أَنَّ رَجُلًا قَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللهِ، مَا يَلْبَسُ الْمُحْرِمُ مِنَ الثِّيَابِ؟ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللهِ ﷺ: لَا يَلْبَسُ الْقُمُصَ، وَلَا الْعَمَائِمَ، وَلَا السَّرَاوِيلَاتِ، وَلَا الْبَرَانِسَ، وَلَا الْخِفَافَ، إِلَّا أَحَدٌ لَا يَجِدُ نَعْلَيْنِ، فَلْيَلْبَسْ خُفَّيْنِ، وَلْيَقْطَعْهُمَا أَسْفَلَ مِنَ الْكَعْبَيْنِ، وَلَا تَلْبَسُوا مِنَ الثِّيَابِ شَيْئًا مَسَّهُ الزَّعْفَرَانُ، أَوْ وَرْسٌ».

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1542

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1542

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 22

Riding alone or with somebody else during Hajj.

Hadith 1543

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1543, 1544. Narrated 'Ubaidullāh bin 'Abdullāh: Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا said, "Usāma رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ rode behind Allāh's Messenger ﷺ from 'Arafāt to Al-Muzdalifa; and then Al-Faḍl rode behind Allāh's Messenger ﷺ from Al-Muzdalifa to Mina." Ibn 'Abbās added, "Both of them said, 'The Prophet ﷺ kept on reciting Talbīya till he did the Ramy of Jamrat-al-'Aqaba.'"

Arabic text

1543 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَنَّ رَجُلًا قَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، مَا يَلْبَسُ المُحْرِمُ مِنَ الثِّيَابِ؟ قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لاَ يَلْبَسُ القُمُصَ، وَلاَ العَمَائِمَ، وَلاَ السَّرَاوِيلاَتِ، وَلاَ البَرَانِسَ، وَلاَ الخِفَافَ إِلَّا أَحَدٌ لاَ يَجِدُ نَعْلَيْنِ، فَلْيَلْبَسْ خُفَّيْنِ، وَلْيَقْطَعْهُمَا أَسْفَلَ مِنَ الكَعْبَيْنِ، وَلاَ تَلْبَسُوا مِنَ الثِّيَابِ شَيْئًا مَسَّهُ الزَّعْفَرَانُ أَوْ وَرْسٌ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1543

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1543

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1544

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1543, 1544. Narrated 'Ubaidullāh bin 'Abdullāh: Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا said, "Usāma رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ rode behind Allāh's Messenger ﷺ from 'Arafāt to Al-Muzdalifa; and then Al-Faḍl rode behind Allāh's Messenger ﷺ from Al-Muzdalifa to Mina." Ibn 'Abbās added, "Both of them said, 'The Prophet ﷺ kept on reciting Talbīya till he did the Ramy of Jamrat-al-'Aqaba.'"

Arabic text

1544 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ يُونُسَ الأَيْلِيِّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّ أُسَامَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ كَانَ رِدْفَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ عَرَفَةَ إِلَى المُزْدَلِفَةِ، ثُمَّ أَرْدَفَ الفَضْلَ مِنَ المزْدَلِفَةِ إِلَى مِنًى، قَالَ: فَكِلاَهُمَا قَالَ: «لَمْ يَزَلِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُلَبِّي حَتَّى رَمَى جَمْرَةَ العَقَبَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1544

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1544

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 23

What kind of clothes a Muḥrim should wear, both for Riḍa (upper half body-cover) and Izār (lower half body-cover).

Hadith 1545

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1545. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: The Prophet ﷺ, with his Companions departed from Al-Madīna after combing and oiling his hair and putting on two sheets of Iḥrām - Riḍa (upper body-cover) and Izār (lower body-cover). He did not forbid anyone to wear any kind of sheets except the ones coloured with saffron because they may leave scent on the skin. And so in the morning, the Prophet ﷺ mounted his Rāhila (mount) while in Dhul-Hulaifa and proceeded till they reached Al-Baidā, where he and his Companions recited Talbīya, and then he did the ceremony of Taqḥīd (which means to put the coloured rope garland around the neck) of his Badana (camel for sacrifice). And that was on the 25th of Dhul-Qa'da. When he reached Makkah on the 4th of Dhul-Hijjah, performed the Tawāf round the Ka'bah and the Sā'y (going) between Aṣ-Ṣafa and Al-Marwa(1). And as he had garlanded his Badana, he did not finish his Iḥrām. He proceeded towards the highest places of Makkah near Al-Ḥujūn and he was assuming the Iḥrām for Hajj and did not go near the Ka'bah after he performed Tawāf (round it) till he returned from 'Arafāt. Then he ordered his Companions to perform the Tawāf round the Ka'bah and then the Sā'y of Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa, and to cut short the hair of their heads and to finish their Iḥrām. And that was only for those people who did not have Badana (camels etc., for sacrifice) and had not garlanded them. Those who had their wives with them were permitted to contact them (can have sexual relations), and similarly can use perfume and wear (ordinary) clothes. [Then they assumed their Iḥrām for Hajj (and that was Hajj-at-Tamuttu) on the 8th of Dhul-Hijjah and performed their Hajj].

Arabic text

1545 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ المُقَدَّمِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا فُضَيْلُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي كُرَيْبٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «انْطَلَقَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنَ المَدِينَةِ بَعْدَ مَا تَرَجَّلَ، وَادَّهَنَ وَلَبِسَ إِزَارَهُ وَرِدَاءَهُ هُوَ وَأَصْحَابُهُ، فَلَمْ يَنْهَ عَنْ شَيْءٍ مِنَ الأَرْدِيَةِ وَالأُزُرِ تُلْبَسُ إِلَّا المُزَعْفَرَةَ الَّتِي تَرْدَعُ عَلَى الجِلْدِ، فَأَصْبَحَ بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ رَكِبَ رَاحِلَتَهُ حَتَّى اسْتَوَى عَلَى البَيْدَاءِ، أَهَلَّ هُوَ وَأَصْحَابُهُ وَقَلَّدَ بَدَنَتَهُ، وَذَلِكَ لِخَمْسٍ بَقِينَ مِنْ ذِي القَعْدَةِ، فَقَدِمَ مَكَّةَ لِأَرْبَعِ لَيَالٍ خَلَوْنَ مِنْ ذِي الحَجَّةِ، فَطَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ، وَسَعَى بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، وَلَمْ يَحِلَّ مِنْ أَجْلِ بُدْنِهِ لِأَنَّهُ قَلَّدَهَا، ثُمَّ نَزَلَ بِأَعْلَى مَكَّةَ عِنْدَ الحَجُونِ وَهُوَ مُهِلٌّ بِالحَجِّ، وَلَمْ يَقْرَبِ الكَعْبَةَ بَعْدَ طَوَافِهِ بِهَا حَتَّى رَجَعَ مِنْ عَرَفَةَ، وَأَمَرَ أَصْحَابَهُ أَنْ يَطَّوَّفُوا بِالْبَيْتِ وَبَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، ثُمَّ يُقَصِّرُوا مِنْ رُءُوسِهِمْ، ثُمَّ يَحِلُّوا وَذَلِكَ لِمَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ مَعَهُ بَدَنَةٌ قَلَّدَهَا وَمَنْ كَانَتْ مَعَهُ امْرَأَتُهُ فَهِيَ لَهُ حَلاَلٌ وَالطِّيبُ وَالثِّيَابُ»

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.1545) Tawāf between Aṣ-Ṣafa and Al-Marwa is also called Sā'y which means literally "walking" or "going." Here it means the seven times of going hurriedly between the two mountains in Makkah called Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa (as it is one of the ceremonies of Hajj and Umra).

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1545

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1545

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 24

Passing the night at Dhul-Hulaifa till dawn.

Hadith 1546

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1546. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ offered four Rak'ā in Al-Madina and then two Rak'ā at Dhul-Hulaifa and then passed the night at Dhul-Hulaifa till it was morning and then he mounted his Rāhila (mount) and it stood up, he started to recite Talbīya.

Arabic text

1546 - حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ المُنْكَدِرِ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: «صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ أَرْبَعًا، وَبِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ بَاتَ حَتَّى أَصْبَحَ بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ، فَلَمَّا رَكِبَ رَاحِلَتَهُ وَاسْتَوَتْ بِهِ أَهَلَّ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1546

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1546

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1547

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1547. Narrated Abū Qilāba: Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه said, "The Prophet ﷺ offered four Rak'ā of the Zuhr prayer in Al-Madina and two Rak'ā of ʾAṣr prayers at Dhul-Hulaifa." I think that the Prophet ﷺ passed the night there till morning.

Arabic text

1547 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَهَّابِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: " أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ أَرْبَعًا، وَصَلَّى العَصْرَ بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ - قَالَ: وَأَحْسِبُهُ - بَاتَ بِهَا حَتَّى أَصْبَحَ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1547

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1547

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 25

Talbīya is to be recited aloud.

Hadith 1548

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1548. Narrated Anas رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ offered four Rak'ā of the Zuhr prayer in Al-Madina and two Rak'ā of the ʾAṣr prayer in Dhul-Hulaifa and I heard them (the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ) reciting Talbīya together loudly to the extent of shouting.

Arabic text

1548 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: «صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ الظُّهْرَ أَرْبَعًا، وَالعَصْرَ بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَسَمِعْتُهُمْ يَصْرُخُونَ بِهِمَا جَمِيعًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1548

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1548

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 26

The Talbīya.

Hadith 1549

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1549. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: The Talbīya of Allāh's Messenger was: 'Labbaik Allāhumma labbaik, labbaika lā sharīka Laka labbaik, innal-ḥamda wan-nī'mata Laka wal-mulk, lā sharīka Laka' (I respond to Your Call O Allāh, I respond to Your Call, and I am obedient to Your Orders, You have no partner, I respond to Your Call. All the praises, thanks and blessings are for You. All the sovereignty is for You. And You have no partners with You.)

Arabic text

1549 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: " أَنَّ تَلْبِيَةَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: لَبَّيْكَ اللَّهُمَّ لَبَّيْكَ، لَبَّيْكَ لاَ شَرِيكَ لَكَ لَبَّيْكَ، إِنَّ الحَمْدَ وَالنِّعْمَةَ لَكَ وَالمُلْكَ، لاَ شَرِيكَ لَكَ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1549

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1549

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1550

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1550. Narrated 'Āishah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: I know how the Prophet ﷺ used to say (Talbīya) and it was: 'Labbaik Allāhumma labbaik, labbaika la sharīka Laka labbaik, innal-ḥamda wan-nī'mata Laka wal-mulk, lā sharīka Laka'. [See Hadīth No.1549].

Arabic text

1550 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ عُمَارَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي عَطِيَّةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: إِنِّي لَأَعْلَمُ كَيْفَ " كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُلَبِّي: لَبَّيْكَ اللَّهُمَّ لَبَّيْكَ، لَبَّيْكَ لاَ شَرِيكَ لَكَ لَبَّيْكَ، إِنَّ الحَمْدَ وَالنِّعْمَةَ لَكَ " تَابَعَهُ أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، وَقَالَ شُعْبَةُ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ، سَمِعْتُ خَيْثَمَةَ عَنْ أَبِي عَطِيَّةَ، سَمِعْتُ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1550

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1550

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 27

The praising and the glorification of Allāh and the saying of Takbīr before reciting Talbīya, while mounting one's travelling animal.

Hadith 1551

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1551. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ offered four Rak'ā of Zuhr prayers at Al-Madīna and we were in his company, and two Rak'ā of the ʿAṣr prayers at Dhul-Hulaifa and then passed the night there till it was dawn; then he rode, and reached Al-Baidā', he praised and glorified Allāh and said Takbīr (i.e., Alḥamdu-lillāh, Ṣubḥān-Allāh and Allāhu-Akbar). Then, he and the people along with him recited Talbīya with the intention of performing Hajj and Umra. When we reached (Makkah) he ordered us to finish the Iḥrām (after performing the Umra) [only those who had no Hady (animal for sacrifice) with them] till the day of Tarwiya (8th Dhul-Hijjah) when they assumed Iḥrām for Hajj (Hajj-at-Tamuttu). The Prophet ﷺ sacrificed many camels (slaughtering them by Nahr way)(1) with his own hands while (the camels were) standing. [While in Al-Madīna, Allāh's Messenger ﷺ also sacrificed with his own hands two horned rams black and white in colour in the Name of Allāh (by Dhabh)(2) way]."

Arabic text

1551 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: " صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَنَحْنُ مَعَهُ بِالْمَدِينَةِ الظُّهْرَ أَرْبَعًا، وَالعَصْرَ بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ بَاتَ بِهَا حَتَّى أَصْبَحَ، ثُمَّ رَكِبَ حَتَّى اسْتَوَتْ بِهِ عَلَى البَيْدَاءِ، حَمِدَ اللَّهَ وَسَبَّحَ وَكَبَّرَ، ثُمَّ أَهَلَّ بِحَجٍّ وَعُمْرَةٍ، وَأَهَلَّ النَّاسُ بِهِمَا، فَلَمَّا قَدِمْنَا أَمَرَ النَّاسَ، فَحَلُّوا حَتَّى كَانَ يَوْمُ التَّرْوِيَةِ أَهَلُّوا بِالحَجِّ، قَالَ: وَنَحَرَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَدَنَاتٍ بِيَدِهِ قِيَامًا، وَذَبَحَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ كَبْشَيْنِ أَمْلَحَيْنِ " قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: قَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: هَذَا عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1551

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1551

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 28

Reciting Talbīya when one has mounted his Rāhila (mount) and it stood up straight (ready to set out).

Hadith 1552

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1552. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ recited Talbīya when he had mounted his Rāhila (mount) and it stood up straight (ready to set out).

Arabic text

1552 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي صَالِحُ بْنُ كَيْسَانَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «أَهَلَّ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ اسْتَوَتْ بِهِ رَاحِلَتُهُ قَائِمَةً»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1552

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1552

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 29

Reciting Talbīya while facing the Qiblah.

Hadith 1553

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1553. Narrated Nāfi', 'Whenever Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما finished his morning Ṣalāt (prayer) at Dhul-Hulaifa he would get his Rāhila (mount) prepared. Then, he would ride on it, and after it had stood up straight (ready to set out), he would face Al- (1) and (2) - (H. 1551) See footnote (1) and (2), Hadīth No.982 and its chapter 22. Qiblah (the Ka'bah at Makkah) while sitting (on his mount) and recite Talbīya. When he had reached the boundaries of the Haram (or Makkah), he would stop the recitation of Talbīya till he reached Dhi-Tuwā (near Makkah) where he would pass the night till it was dawn. After offering the morning Ṣalāt, he would take a bath. He claimed that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ had done the same.

Arabic text

1553 - وَقَالَ أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ: حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، «إِذَا صَلَّى بِالْغَدَاةِ بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ أَمَرَ بِرَاحِلَتِهِ فَرُحِلَتْ، ثُمَّ رَكِبَ، فَإِذَا اسْتَوَتْ بِهِ اسْتَقْبَلَ القِبْلَةَ قَائِمًا، ثُمَّ يُلَبِّي حَتَّى يَبْلُغَ الحَرَمَ، ثُمَّ يُمْسِكُ حَتَّى إِذَا جَاءَ ذَا طُوًى بَاتَ بِهِ حَتَّى يُصْبِحَ، فَإِذَا صَلَّى الغَدَاةَ اغْتَسَلَ»، وَزَعَمَ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ، تَابَعَهُ إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ فِي الغَسْلِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1553

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1553

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1554

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1554. Narrated Nāfi': Whenever Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا intended to go to Makkah he used to oil himself with a sort of oil that had no pleasant smell, then he would go to the mosque of Al-Hulaifa and offer the Ṣalāt (prayer). Then he would ride on his Rāhila (mount) and when it had stood up straight (ready to depart) he would assume Ihrām, and recite Talbīya(1). He used to say that he had seen the Prophet ﷺ doing the same.

Arabic text

1554 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ دَاوُدَ أَبُو الرَّبِيعِ، حَدَّثَنَا فُلَيْحٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، «إِذَا أَرَادَ الخُرُوجَ إِلَى مَكَّةَ ادَّهَنَ بِدُهْنٍ لَيْسَ لَهُ رَائِحَةٌ طَيِّبَةٌ، ثُمَّ يَأْتِي مَسْجِدَ ذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ فَيُصَلِّي، ثُمَّ يَرْكَبُ، وَإِذَا اسْتَوَتْ بِهِ رَاحِلَتُهُ قَائِمَةً أَحْرَمَ»، ثُمَّ قَالَ: هَكَذَا رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1554

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1554

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 30

Reciting Talbīya on entering a valley.

Hadith 1555

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1555. Narrated Mujāhid: I was in the company of Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا and the people talked about Ad-Dajjāl and said, "Ad-Dajjāl will come with the word Kāfir (disbeliever) written in between his eyes." On that Ibn 'Abbās said, "I have not heard this from the Prophet ﷺ, but I heard him saying, 'As if I saw Mūsā (Moses) just now entering the valley reciting Talbīya.'"

Arabic text

1555 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ المُثَنَّى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ أَبِي عَدِيٍّ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَوْنٍ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، قَالَ: كُنَّا عِنْدَ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، فَذَكَرُوا الدَّجَّالَ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: مَكْتُوبٌ بَيْنَ عَيْنَيْهِ كَافِرٌ، فَقَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ: لَمْ أَسْمَعْهُ وَلَكِنَّهُ قَالَ: «أَمَّا مُوسَى كَأَنِّي أَنْظُرُ إِلَيْهِ إِذْ انْحَدَرَ فِي الوَادِي يُلَبِّي»

Footnotes

1 (1) (H. 1554) Talbīya: See H. No. 1549.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1555

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1555

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 31

How should a menstruating woman and a woman in a puerperal state assume Ihrām?

Hadith 1556

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1556. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: We set out with the Prophet ﷺ in his last Hajj and we assumed Ihrām for Umra. The Prophet ﷺ then said, "Whoever has got the Hady with him should assume Ihrām for Hajj along with Umra and should not finish the Ihrām till he finishes both." I was menstruating when I reached Makkah, I neither did Tawāf round the Ka'bah nor [Sa'y (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa. I complained about that to the Prophet ﷺ on which he replied, "Undo and comb your head hair, and assume Ihrām for Hajj (only) and leave the Umra." So, I did so. When we had performed the Hajj, the Prophet ﷺ sent me with my brother 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abū Bakr to Tan'im. So, I performed the Umra. The Prophet ﷺ said to me, "This Umra is in lieu of your missed one." Those who had assumed Ihrām for Umra (Hajj-at-Tamattu') performed Tawāf round the Ka'bah and (Sa'y) between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa and then finished their Ihrām. After returning from Minā, they performed another Tawāf (Sa'y (going)] (between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa). Those who had assumed Ihrām for Hajj and Umra together (Hajj-al-Qirān) performed only one Tawāf (Sa'y between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa).

Arabic text

1556 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَتْ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي حَجَّةِ الوَدَاعِ فَأَهْلَلْنَا بِعُمْرَةٍ، ثُمَّ قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ كَانَ مَعَهُ هَدْيٌ فَلْيُهِلَّ بِالحَجِّ مَعَ العُمْرَةِ، ثُمَّ لاَ يَحِلَّ حَتَّى يَحِلَّ مِنْهُمَا جَمِيعًا» فَقَدِمْتُ مَكَّةَ وَأَنَا حَائِضٌ، وَلَمْ أَطُفْ بِالْبَيْتِ، وَلاَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، فَشَكَوْتُ ذَلِكَ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «انْقُضِي رَأْسَكِ وَامْتَشِطِي وَأَهِلِّي بِالحَجِّ، وَدَعِي العُمْرَةَ»، فَفَعَلْتُ، فَلَمَّا قَضَيْنَا الحَجَّ أَرْسَلَنِي النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَعَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ إِلَى التَّنْعِيمِ فَاعْتَمَرْتُ، فَقَالَ: «هَذِهِ مَكَانَ عُمْرَتِكِ»، قَالَتْ: فَطَافَ الَّذِينَ كَانُوا أَهَلُّوا بِالعُمْرَةِ بِالْبَيْتِ، وَبَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، ثُمَّ حَلُّوا، ثُمَّ طَافُوا طَوَافًا آخَرَ بَعْدَ أَنْ رَجَعُوا مِنْ مِنًى، وَأَمَّا الَّذِينَ جَمَعُوا الحَجَّ وَالعُمْرَةَ، فَإِنَّمَا طَافُوا طَوَافًا وَاحِدًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1556

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1556

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 32

Whoever assumed Ihram with the same intention as that of the Prophet ﷺ (for Hajj or Umra) in the lifetime of the Prophet ﷺ (without being objected by the Prophet ﷺ).

Hadith 1557

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1557. Narrated 'Atā : Jābir رضي الله عنه said, "The Prophet ﷺ ordered 'Alī to keep on assuming his Ihram." The narrator then informed about the narration of Surāqa.

Arabic text

1557 - حَدَّثَنَا المَكِّيُّ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: عَطَاءٌ، قَالَ جَابِرٌ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: «أَمَرَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلِيًّا رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَنْ يُقِيمَ عَلَى إِحْرَامِهِ» وَذَكَرَ قَوْلَ سُرَاقَةَ، وَزَادَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ لَهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «بِمَا أَهْلَلْتَ يَا عَلِيُّ؟» قَالَ: بِمَا أَهَلَّ بِهِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «فَأَهْدِ وَامْكُثْ حَرَامًا كَمَا أَنْتَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1557

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1557

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1558

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1558. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه : 'Alī رضي الله عنه came to the Prophet ﷺ from Yemen (to Makkah). The Prophet ﷺ asked 'Alī, "With what intention have you assumed Ihram?" 'Alī replied, "I have assumed Ihram with the same intention as that of the Prophet ﷺ. The Prophet ﷺ said, "If I had not the Hady with me I would have finished the Ihram." Muḥammad bin Bakr added that Ibn Juraij said: The Prophet ﷺ said to 'Alī, "With what intention have you assumed the Ihram, O 'Alī?" He replied, "With the same (intention) as that of the Prophet ﷺ." The Prophet ﷺ said, "Have a Hady and keep your Ihram as it is."

Arabic text

1558 - حَدَّثَنَا الحَسَنُ بْنُ عَلِيٍّ الخَلَّالُ الهُذَلِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الصَّمَدِ، حَدَّثَنَا سَلِيمُ بْنُ حَيَّانَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ مَرْوَانَ الأَصْفَرَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: قَدِمَ عَلِيٌّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنَ اليَمَنِ، فَقَالَ: «بِمَا أَهْلَلْتَ؟» قَالَ: بِمَا أَهَلَّ بِهِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «لَوْلاَ أَنَّ مَعِي الهَدْيَ لَأَحْلَلْتُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1558

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1558

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1559

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1559. Narrated Abū Mūsā رضي الله عنه : The Prophet ﷺ sent me to some people in Yemen

Arabic text

1559 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ طَارِقِ بْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: بَعَثَنِي النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِلَى قَوْمٍ بِاليَمَنِ، فَجِئْتُ وَهُوَ بِالْبَطْحَاءِ، فَقَالَ: «بِمَا أَهْلَلْتَ؟» قُلْتُ: أَهْلَلْتُ كَإِهْلَالِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «هَلْ مَعَكَ مِنْ هَدْيٍ؟» قُلْتُ: لَا، فَأَمَرَنِي، فَطُفْتُ بِالْبَيْتِ، وَبِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، ثُمَّ أَمَرَنِي، فَأَحْلَلْتُ، فَأَتَيْتُ امْرَأَةً مِنْ قَوْمِي، فَمَشَطَتْنِي - أَوْ غَسَلَتْ رَأْسِي - فَقَدِمَ عُمَرُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ فَقَالَ: إِنْ نَأْخُذْ بِكِتَابِ اللَّهِ فَإِنَّهُ يَأْمُرُنَا بِالتَّمَامِ، قَالَ اللَّهُ: {وَأَتِمُّوا الحَجَّ وَالعُمْرَةَ لِلَّهِ} [البقرة: 196] وَإِنْ نَأْخُذْ بِسُنَّةِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَإِنَّهُ «لَمْ يَحِلَّ حَتَّى نَحَرَ الهَدْيَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1559

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1559

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 33

The Statement of Allāh (33) “The Hajj (pilgrimage) is (in) the well-known (lunar year) months ... (upto) ... Hajj...” (V.2:197). And also His Statement: “They ask you (O Muḥammad ﷺ) about the new moons. Say: These are signs to mark fixed periods of time for mankind and for the Hajj.” (V.2:189).

Hadith 1560

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1560. Narrated Al-Qāsim bin Muḥammad: ‘Āishah رضي الله عنها said, “We set out with Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ in the months of Hajj, and (in) the nights of Hajj, and at the time and places of Hajj and in a state of Hajj. We dismounted at Sarif (a village ten miles from Makkah). The Prophet ﷺ then addressed his Companions and said, ‘Anyone who has not got the Hady and likes to do ‘Umra instead of Hajj may do so (i.e. Hajj-at-Tamattu)’ and anyone who has got the Hady should not finish the Ihrām after performing ‘Umra’ (i.e. Hajj-al-Qirān). ‘Āishah added, “The Companions of the Prophet ﷺ obeyed the above (order) and some of them (i.e., who did not have Hady) finished their Ihrām after ‘Umra.” Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ and some of his Companions were resourceful and had the Hady with them, they could not perform ‘Umra’ (alone) (but had to perform both Hajj and ‘Umra with one Ihrām). ‘Āishah added, “Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ came to me and saw me weeping and said, ‘What makes you weep, O Hantāh?’ I replied, ‘I have heard your conversation with your Companions and I cannot perform the ‘Umra.’ He asked, ‘What is wrong with you?’ I replied, ‘I do not offer the Salāt (prayer) (i.e., I have got my menses).’ He said, ‘It will not harm you, for you are one of the daughters of Ādam, and Allāh has written for you (this state) as He has written it for them. Keep on with your intentions for Hajj and Allāh may reward you for that.’” ‘Āishah further added, “Then we proceeded for Hajj till we reached Minā and I became clean from my menses. Then, I went out from Minā and performed Tawāf round the Ka'bah." 'Aishah added, "I went along with the Prophet ﷺ in his final departure (from Hajj) till he dismounted at Al-Muhaṣṣab (a valley outside Makkah) and we, too, dismounted with him." He called 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abī Bakr and said to him, 'Take your sister outside the sanctuary of Makkah and let her assume Iḥrām for Umra, and when you had finished Umra, return to this place and I will wait for you both till you both return to me.''" 'Aishah added, "So we went out of the sanctuary of Makkah and after finishing from the Umra and the Tawāf, we returned to the Prophet ﷺ at dawn. He said, 'Have you performed the Umra?' We replied in the affirmative. So, he announced the departure amongst his Companions and the people set out for the journey, and the Prophet ﷺ too left for Al-Madīna."

Arabic text

1560 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو بَكْرٍ الحَنَفِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَفْلَحُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، سَمِعْتُ القَاسِمَ بْنَ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي أَشْهُرِ الحَجِّ، وَلَيَالِي الحَجِّ، وَحُرُمِ الحَجِّ، فَنَزَلْنَا بِسَرِفَ، قَالَتْ: فَخَرَجَ إِلَى أَصْحَابِهِ، فَقَالَ: «مَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ مِنْكُمْ مَعَهُ هَدْيٌ، فَأَحَبَّ أَنْ يَجْعَلَهَا عُمْرَةً فَلْيَفْعَلْ، وَمَنْ كَانَ مَعَهُ الهَدْيُ فَلاَ» قَالَتْ: فَالْآخِذُ بِهَا، وَالتَّارِكُ لَهَا مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ قَالَتْ: فَأَمَّا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَرِجَالٌ مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ، فَكَانُوا أَهْلَ قُوَّةٍ وَكَانَ مَعَهُمُ الهَدْيُ، فَلَمْ يَقْدِرُوا عَلَى العُمْرَةِ، قَالَتْ: فَدَخَلَ عَلَيَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَنَا أَبْكِي، فَقَالَ: «مَا يُبْكِيكِ يَا هَنْتَاهُ؟» قُلْتُ: سَمِعْتُ قَوْلَكَ لِأَصْحَابِكَ فَمُنِعْتُ العُمْرَةَ، قَالَ: «وَمَا شَأْنُكِ؟» قُلْتُ: لاَ أُصَلِّي، قَالَ: «فَلاَ يَضِيرُكِ، إِنَّمَا أَنْتِ امْرَأَةٌ مِنْ بَنَاتِ آدَمَ، كَتَبَ اللَّهُ عَلَيْكِ مَا كَتَبَ عَلَيْهِنَّ، فَكُونِي فِي حَجَّتِكِ، فَعَسَى اللَّهُ أَنْ يَرْزُقَكِيهَا» قَالَتْ: فَخَرَجْنَا فِي حَجَّتِهِ حَتَّى قَدِمْنَا مِنًى، فَطَهَرْتُ، ثُمَّ خَرَجْتُ مِنْ مِنًى، فَأَفَضْتُ بِالْبَيْتِ، قَالَتْ: ثُمَّ خَرَجَتْ مَعَهُ فِي النَّفْرِ الآخِرِ، حَتَّى نَزَلَ المُحَصَّبَ، وَنَزَلْنَا مَعَهُ، فَدَعَا عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، فَقَالَ: «اخْرُجْ بِأُخْتِكَ مِنَ الحَرَمِ، فَلْتُهِلَّ بِعُمْرَةٍ، ثُمَّ افْرُغَا، ثُمَّ ائْتِيَا هَا هُنَا، فَإِنِّي أَنْظُرُكُمَا حَتَّى تَأْتِيَانِي» قَالَتْ: فَخَرَجْنَا، حَتَّى إِذَا فَرَغْتُ، وَفَرَغْتُ مِنَ الطَّوَافِ، ثُمَّ جِئْتُهُ بِسَحَرَ، فَقَالَ: «هَلْ فَرَغْتُمْ؟» فَقُلْتُ: نَعَمْ، فَآذَنَ بِالرَّحِيلِ فِي أَصْحَابِهِ، فَارْتَحَلَ النَّاسُ، فَمَرَّ مُتَوَجِّهًا إِلَى المَدِينَةِ " ضَيْرِ: مِنْ ضَارَ يَضِيرُ ضَيْرًا، وَيُقَالُ: ضَارَ يَضُورُ ضَوْرًا، وَضَرَّ يَضُرُّ ضَرًّا "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1560

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1560

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 34

What is said regarding Hajj-at-Tamattu', Hajj-al-Qirān, and Hajj-al-Ifrād.(1)

Hadith 1561

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1561. Narrated Al-Aswad: 'Aishah رضي الله عنها said, "We went out with the Prophet ﷺ (from Al-Madīna) with the intention of performing Hajj only, and when we reached Makkah we performed Tawāf round the (1) (Ch.34) There are three various ways of performing Hajj - as follows: a) Hajj-at-Tamattu': It means that you have no Hady with you and you assume Iḥrām only for Umra first and after Umra you finish your Iḥrām and assume another Iḥrām for performing Hajj, from Makkah, but you have to slaughter a Hady (an animal for sacrifice). b) Hajj-al-Qirān: It means that one should have a Hady with him and should perform Umra and then Hajj with the same state of Iḥrām. c) Hajj-al-Ifrād: It means that one assumes Iḥrām with the intention of performing Hajj only and does not perform Umra, and this is specially for the inhabitants of Makkah. Ka'bah(1) and then the Prophet ﷺ ordered those who had not driven the Hady along with them to finish their Ihram. So, the people who had not driven the Hady along with them finished their Ihram. The Prophet's wives, too, had not driven the Hady with them, so, they too, finished their Ihram". 'Aishah رضي الله عنها added, "I got my menses and could not perform Tawāf round the Ka'bah." So when it was the night of Ḥaṣba (i.e., when we stopped at Al-Muḥaṣṣab), I said, 'O Allāh's Messenger! Everyone is returning after performing Hajj and Umra but I am returning after performing Hajj only.' He said, 'Didn't you perform Tawāf round the Ka'bah the night we reached Makkah?' I replied in the negative. He said, 'Go with your brother to Tan'im and assume the Ihram for Umra, (and after performing it) come back (to such and such a place). On that Ṣafiyya said, 'I feel that I will detain you all.' The Prophet ﷺ said, 'O Aqrā Halqā!'(2) Didn't you perform Tawāf of the Ka'bah on the day of sacrifice? (i.e. Tawāf-al-Ifada) Ṣafiyya replied in the affirmative. He said, (to Ṣafiyya). 'There is no harm for you to proceed on with us.'" 'Aishah رضي الله عنها added, "(After returning from Umra), the Prophet ﷺ met me while he was ascending (from Makkah) and I was descending to it, or I was ascending and he was descending."

Arabic text

1561 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، خَرَجْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَلاَ نُرَى إِلَّا أَنَّهُ الحَجُّ، فَلَمَّا قَدِمْنَا تَطَوَّفْنَا بِالْبَيْتِ، فَأَمَرَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ سَاقَ الهَدْيَ أَنْ يَحِلَّ، فَحَلَّ مَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ سَاقَ الهَدْيَ، وَنِسَاؤُهُ لَمْ يَسُقْنَ فَأَحْلَلْنَ، قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: فَحِضْتُ فَلَمْ أَطُفْ بِالْبَيْتِ، فَلَمَّا كَانَتْ لَيْلَةُ الحَصْبَةِ، قَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، يَرْجِعُ النَّاسُ بِعُمْرَةٍ وَحَجَّةٍ، وَأَرْجِعُ أَنَا بِحَجَّةٍ، قَالَ: «وَمَا طُفْتِ لَيَالِيَ قَدِمْنَا مَكَّةَ؟» قُلْتُ: لاَ، قَالَ: «فَاذْهَبِي مَعَ أَخِيكِ إِلَى التَّنْعِيمِ، فَأَهِلِّي بِعُمْرَةٍ ثُمَّ مَوْعِدُكِ كَذَا وَكَذَا» قَالَتْ صَفِيَّةُ: مَا أُرَانِي إِلَّا حَابِسَتَهُمْ، قَالَ: «عَقْرَى حَلْقَى، أَوَمَا طُفْتِ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ» قَالَتْ: قُلْتُ: بَلَى، قَالَ: «لاَ بَأْسَ انْفِرِي» قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: فَلَقِيَنِي النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ مُصْعِدٌ مِنْ مَكَّةَ، وَأَنَا مُنْهَبِطَةٌ عَلَيْهَا، أَوْ أَنَا مُصْعِدَةٌ وَهُوَ مُنْهَبِطٌ مِنْهَا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1561

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1561

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1562

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1562. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: We set out with Allāh's Messenger ﷺ (to Makkah) in the year of the Prophet's last Hajj. Some of us had assumed Ihram for Umra only, some for both Hajj and Umra, and others for Hajj only. Allāh's Messenger assumed Ihram for Hajj. So, whoever had assumed Ihram for Hajj or for both Hajj and Umra did not finish the Ihram till the day of sacrifice. (See Aḥādīth Nos. 1560, 1565, and 1568).

Arabic text

1562 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي الأَسْوَدِ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ نَوْفَلٍ عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَامَ حَجَّةِ الوَدَاعِ، فَمِنَّا مَنْ أَهَلَّ بِعُمْرَةٍ، وَمِنَّا مَنْ أَهَلَّ بِحَجَّةٍ وَعُمْرَةٍ، وَمِنَّا مَنْ أَهَلَّ بِالحَجِّ «وَأَهَلَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالحَجِّ»، فَأَمَّا مَنْ أَهَلَّ بِالحَجِّ، أَوْ جَمَعَ الحَجَّ وَالعُمْرَةَ، لَمْ يَحِلُّوا حَتَّى كَانَ يَوْمُ النَّحْرِ

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.1561) 'Aishah did not perform that Tawāf. Here she means by "we" her companions.

2 (2) (H.1561) Aqrā Halqā is just an exclamatory expression, the literal meaning of which is not meant here. It expresses disapproval.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1562

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1562

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1563

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1563. Narrated Marwān bin Al-Ḥakam: I saw 'Uthmān and 'Alī رضي الله عنهما 'Uthman and 'Alī used to forbid people to perform Hajj-at-Tamttu and Hajj-al-Qirān (Hajj and Umra together), and when 'Alī saw (this act of 'Uthmān), he assumed Ihram for Hajj and Umra together saying, "Labbaik for Umra and Hajj together," and said, "I will not leave Aṣ-Ṣunna of the Prophet ﷺ on the saying of somebody."

Arabic text

1563 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا غُنْدَرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الحَكَمِ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ حُسَيْنٍ، عَنْ مَرْوَانَ بْنِ الحَكَمِ، قَالَ: شَهِدْتُ عُثْمَانَ، وَعَلِيًّا رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا وَعُثْمَانُ «يَنْهَى عَنِ المُتْعَةِ، وَأَنْ يُجْمَعَ بَيْنَهُمَا»، فَلَمَّا «رَأَى عَلِيٌّ أَهَلَّ بِهِمَا، لَبَّيْكَ بِعُمْرَةٍ وَحَجَّةٍ»، قَالَ: «مَا كُنْتُ لِأَدَعَ سُنَّةَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِقَوْلِ أَحَدٍ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1563

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1563

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1564

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1564. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The people (of the Pre-Islāmic Period of Ignorance) used to think that to perform Umra during the months of Hajj was one of the major sins on earth. And they also used to consider the month of Ṣafar as a forbidden (i.e. sacred) month and they used to say, "When the wounds of the camel's back heal up (after they return from Hajj) and the signs of those wounds vanish and the month of Ṣafar passes away then (at that time) Umra is permissible for the one who wishes to perform it." In the morning of the 4th of Dhul-Hijjah, the Prophet ﷺ and his Companions reached Makkah, assuming Ihrām for Hajj, and he ordered his Companions to make their intentions of the Ihrām for 'Umra only (instead of Hajj), so they considered his order as something great and were puzzled, and said, "O Allāh's Messenger! What kind (of finishing) of Ihrām is allowed?" The Prophet ﷺ replied, "Finish the Ihrām completely like a non-Muḥrim (you are allowed everything)."

Arabic text

1564 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: كَانُوا يَرَوْنَ أَنَّ العُمْرَةَ فِي أَشْهُرِ الحَجِّ مِنْ أَفْجَرِ الفُجُورِ فِي الأَرْضِ، وَيَجْعَلُونَ المُحَرَّمَ صَفَرًا، وَيَقُولُونَ: إِذَا بَرَا الدَّبَرْ، وَعَفَا الأَثَرْ، وَانْسَلَخَ صَفَرْ، حَلَّتِ العُمْرَةُ لِمَنِ اعْتَمَرْ، قَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَصْحَابُهُ صَبِيحَةَ رَابِعَةٍ مُهِلِّينَ بِالحَجِّ فَأَمَرَهُمْ أَنْ يَجْعَلُوهَا عُمْرَةً، فَتَعَاظَمَ ذَلِكَ عِنْدَهُمْ، فَقَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَيُّ الحِلِّ؟ قَالَ: «حِلٌّ كُلُّهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1564

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1564

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1565

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1565. Narrated Abū Mūsā رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: I came to the Prophet ﷺ (from Yemen and was assuming Ihrām for Hajj) and he ordered me to finish the Ihrām (after performing the 'Umra').

Arabic text

1565 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ المُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا غُنْدَرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ طَارِقِ بْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: «قَدِمْتُ عَلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَأَمَرَهُ بِالحِلِّ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1565

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1565

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1566

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1566. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: the wife of the Prophet ﷺ, رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا, said, "O Allāh's Messenger! Why have the people finished their Ihrām after performing 'Umra, but you have not finished your Ihrām after performing 'Umra?" He replied, "I have matted my head-hair and garlanded my Hady. So I will not finish my Ihrām till I have slaughtered (my Hady)."

Arabic text

1566 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مَالِكٌ، ح وَحَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ حَفْصَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ، زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، مَا شَأْنُ النَّاسِ حَلُّوا بِعُمْرَةٍ، وَلَمْ تَحْلِلْ أَنْتَ مِنْ عُمْرَتِكَ؟ قَالَ: «إِنِّي لَبَّدْتُ رَأْسِي، وَقَلَّدْتُ هَدْيِي، فَلاَ أَحِلُّ حَتَّى أَنْحَرَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1566

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1566

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1567

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1567. Narrated Shu'ba رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: Abū Jamra Naṣr bin 'Imrān Aḍ-Ḍuba'i said, "I intended to perform Hajj-at-Tamattu' and the people advised me not to do so. I asked Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا regarding it and he ordered me to perform Hajj-at-Tamattu'. Later I saw in a dream someone saying to me, 'Hajj-Mabrūr' (Hajj performed in accordance with the Prophet's Ṣunna without committing sins, and accepted by Allāh) and an accepted 'Umra.' So I told that dream to Ibn 'Abbās. He said, 'This is Aṣ-Ṣunna of Abul-Qāsim ﷺ.' Then he said to me, 'Stay with me and I shall give you a portion of my property.'" I (Shu'ba) asked, "Why (did he invite you)?" He (Abū Jamra) said, "Because of the dream which I had seen."

Arabic text

1567 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو جَمْرَةَ نَصْرُ بْنُ عِمْرَانَ الضُّبَعِيُّ، قَالَ: «تَمَتَّعْتُ»، فَنَهَانِي نَاسٌ، فَسَأَلْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، فَأَمَرَنِي، فَرَأَيْتُ فِي المَنَامِ كَأَنَّ رَجُلًا يَقُولُ لِي: حَجٌّ مَبْرُورٌ، وَعُمْرَةٌ مُتَقَبَّلَةٌ، فَأَخْبَرْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ فَقَالَ: «سُنَّةَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»، فَقَالَ لِي: أَقِمْ عِنْدِي، فَأَجْعَلَ لَكَ سَهْمًا مِنْ مَالِي، قَالَ شُعْبَةُ: فَقُلْتُ: لِمَ؟ فَقَالَ: لِلرُّؤْيَا الَّتِي رَأَيْتُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1567

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1567

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1568

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1568. Narrated Abū Shihāb: I left for Makkah for Hajj-at-Tamattu' assuming Iḥrām for 'Umra. I reached Makkah three days before the day of Tarwīya (8th Dhul-Hijjah). Some people of Makkah said to me, "Your Hajj will be like the Hajj performed by the people of Makkah (i.e., you will lose the superiority of assuming Iḥrām from the Miqāt). So I went to 'Aṭā' asking him his view about it. He said, "Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا narrated to me, 'I performed Hajj with Allāh's Messenger ﷺ on the day when he drove camels with him. The people had assumed Iḥrām for Hajj-al-Ifrād. The Prophet ﷺ ordered them to finish their Iḥrām after Tawāf round the Ka'bah, and [Sa'y (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa and to cut short their hair and then to stay there (in Makkah) as non-Muḥrim till the day of Tarwīya (i.e. 8th of Dhul-Hijjah) when they should assume Iḥrām for Hajj and they were ordered to make the Iḥrām with which they had come, for 'Umra only. They asked, 'How can we make it 'Umra (Tamattu') as we have intended to perform Hajj?' The Prophet ﷺ said, 'Do what I have ordered you. Had I not brought the Hady with me, I would have done the same, but I cannot finish my Iḥrām till the Hady reaches its destination (i.e., is slaughtered')." So, they did (what he ordered them to do)."

Arabic text

1568 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو شِهَابٍ، قَالَ: قَدِمْتُ مُتَمَتِّعًا مَكَّةَ بِعُمْرَةٍ، فَدَخَلْنَا قَبْلَ التَّرْوِيَةِ بِثَلاَثَةِ أَيَّامٍ، فَقَالَ لِي أُنَاسٌ مِنْ أَهْلِ مَكَّةَ: تَصِيرُ الآنَ حَجَّتُكَ مَكِّيَّةً، فَدَخَلْتُ عَلَى عَطَاءٍ أَسْتَفْتِيهِ، فَقَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي جَابِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّهُ حَجَّ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ سَاقَ البُدْنَ مَعَهُ، وَقَدْ أَهَلُّوا بِالحَجِّ مُفْرَدًا، فَقَالَ لَهُمْ: «أَحِلُّوا مِنْ إِحْرَامِكُمْ بِطَوَافِ البَيْتِ، وَبَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، وَقَصِّرُوا، ثُمَّ أَقِيمُوا حَلاَلًا، حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ يَوْمُ التَّرْوِيَةِ فَأَهِلُّوا بِالحَجِّ، وَاجْعَلُوا الَّتِي قَدِمْتُمْ بِهَا مُتْعَةً»، فَقَالُوا: كَيْفَ نَجْعَلُهَا مُتْعَةً، وَقَدْ سَمَّيْنَا الحَجَّ؟ فَقَالَ: «افْعَلُوا مَا أَمَرْتُكُمْ، فَلَوْلاَ أَنِّي سُقْتُ الهَدْيَ لَفَعَلْتُ مِثْلَ الَّذِي أَمَرْتُكُمْ، وَلَكِنْ لاَ يَحِلُّ مِنِّي حَرَامٌ حَتَّى يَبْلُغَ الهَدْيُ مَحِلَّهُ» فَفَعَلُوا قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: «أَبُو شِهَابٍ لَيْسَ لَهُ مُسْنَدٌ إِلَّا هَذَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1568

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1568

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1569

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1569. Narrated Sa'īd bin Al-Musaiyab: 'Ali and 'Uthmān رضي الله عنهما differed regarding Hajj-at-Tamattu' while they were at 'Usfān (a familiar place near Makkah). 'Ali said, "I see you want to forbid the people to do a thing that the Prophet ﷺ did?" When 'Ali saw that, he assumed Ihram for both Hajj and Umra.

Arabic text

1569 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ الأَعْوَرُ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ مُرَّةَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ المُسَيِّبِ، قَالَ: اخْتَلَفَ عَلِيٌّ، وَعُثْمَانُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا وَهُمَا بِعُسْفَانَ، فِي المُتْعَةِ، فَقَالَ عَلِيٌّ: «مَا تُرِيدُ إِلَّا أَنْ تَنْهَى عَنْ أَمْرٍ فَعَلَهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»، فَلَمَّا رَأَى ذَلِكَ عَلِيٌّ أَهَلَّ بِهِمَا جَمِيعًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1569

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1569

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 35

The Talbiya for Hajj and the mention of the intention of performing Hajj along with Talbiya.

Hadith 1570

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1570. Narrated Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رضي الله عنه: We came with Allāh's Messenger ﷺ (to Makkah) and we were saying: Labbaika Allāhumma labbaik for Hajj. Allāh's Messenger ﷺ ordered us to perform Umra with that Ihram (instead of Hajj).

Arabic text

1570 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ مُجَاهِدًا، يَقُولُ: حَدَّثَنَا جَابِرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: قَدِمْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَنَحْنُ نَقُولُ: لَبَّيْكَ اللَّهُمَّ لَبَّيْكَ بِالحَجِّ، «فَأَمَرَنَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَجَعَلْنَاهَا عُمْرَةً»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1570

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1570

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 36

Hajj-at-Tamattu' during the lifetime of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ

Hadith 1571

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1571. Narrated 'Imrān رضي الله عنه: We performed Hajj-at-Tamattu' in the lifetime of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ and then the Qur'ān was revealed (regarding Hajj-at-Tamattu') and somebody said what he wished (regarding Hajj-at-Tamattu') according to his own opinion(1).

Arabic text

1571 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا هَمَّامٌ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مُطَرِّفٌ، عَنْ عِمْرَانَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: «تَمَتَّعْنَا عَلَى عَهْدِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَنَزَلَ القُرْآنُ»، قَالَ رَجُلٌ بِرَأْيِهِ مَا شَاءَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1571

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1571

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 37

The Statement of Allāh

Hadith 1572

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1572. Ibn ‘Abbās رضي الله عنهم said that he had been asked regarding Hajj-at-Tamattu’ on which he said, “The Muhājirīn (emigrants) and the Anṣār and the wives of the Prophet ﷺ and we did the same. When we reached Makkah, Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Give up your intention of doing the Hajj (at this moment) and perform ‘Umra, except the one who has garlanded the Hady.” So, we performed Tawāf round the Ka’bah and [Sa’y (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa, slept with our wives and wore ordinary (stitched) clothes. The Prophet ﷺ added, “Whoever has garlanded his Hady is not allowed to finish the Iḥrām till the Hady has reached its destination (has been sacrificed)”. Then on the night of Tarwīya (8th Dhul-Hijjah, in the afternoon) he ordered us to assume Iḥrām for Hajj and when we have performed all the ceremonies of Hajj, we came and performed Tawāf round the Ka’bah and (Sa’y) between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa, and then our Hajj was complete, and we had to sacrifice a Haay according to the Statement of Allāh: “... He must slaughter a Hady such as he can afford, but if he cannot afford it, he should observe Saum (fasts) three days during the Hajj and seven days after his return (to his home)...” (V.2:196) And the sacrifice of a sheep is sufficient. So, the Prophet ﷺ and his Companions joined the two religious deeds, (i.e. Hajj and ‘Umra) in one year, for Allāh revealed (the permissibility) of such practice in His Book and in the Sunna (legal ways) of His Prophet ﷺ and rendered it permissible for all the people except those living in Makkah. Allāh says: ‘This is for him whose family is not present at the Al-Masjid-al-Harām, (i.e. non-resident of Makkah).” The months of Hajj which Allāh mentioned in His Book are: Shawwāl, Dhul-Qa’da and Dhul-Hijjah. Whoever performed Hajj-at-Tamattu’ in those months, then slaughtering or fasting is compulsory for him. The words: 1. Ar-Rafatha means sexual intercourse, 2. Al-Fasūq means all kinds of sin, and 3. Al-Jidāl means to dispute.

Arabic text

1572 - وَقَالَ أَبُو كَامِلٍ فُضَيْلُ بْنُ حُسَيْنٍ البَصْرِيُّ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَعْشَرٍ البَرَّاءُ، حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ غِيَاثٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَنَّهُ سُئِلَ عَنْ مُتْعَةِ الحَجِّ، فَقَالَ: أَهَلَّ المُهَاجِرُونَ، وَالأَنْصَارُ، وَأَزْوَاجُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي حَجَّةِ الوَدَاعِ، وَأَهْلَلْنَا، فَلَمَّا قَدِمْنَا مَكَّةَ، قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اجْعَلُوا إِهْلاَلَكُمْ بِالحَجِّ عُمْرَةً، إِلَّا مَنْ قَلَّدَ الهَدْيَ» فَطُفْنَا بِالْبَيْتِ، وَبِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، وَأَتَيْنَا النِّسَاءَ، وَلَبِسْنَا الثِّيَابَ، وَقَالَ: «مَنْ قَلَّدَ الهَدْيَ، فَإِنَّهُ لاَ يَحِلُّ لَهُ حَتَّى يَبْلُغَ الهَدْيُ مَحِلَّهُ» ثُمَّ أَمَرَنَا عَشِيَّةَ التَّرْوِيَةِ أَنْ نُهِلَّ بِالحَجِّ، فَإِذَا فَرَغْنَا مِنَ المَنَاسِكِ، جِئْنَا فَطُفْنَا بِالْبَيْتِ، وَبِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، فَقَدْ تَمَّ حَجُّنَا وَعَلَيْنَا الهَدْيُ، كَمَا قَالَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى: {فَمَا اسْتَيْسَرَ مِنَ الهَدْيِ، فَمَنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ فَصِيَامُ ثَلاَثَةِ أَيَّامٍ فِي الحَجِّ، وَسَبْعَةٍ إِذَا رَجَعْتُمْ} [البقرة: 196]: إِلَى أَمْصَارِكُمْ، الشَّاةُ تَجْزِي، فَجَمَعُوا نُسُكَيْنِ فِي عَامٍ، بَيْنَ الحَجِّ وَالعُمْرَةِ، فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ تَعَالَى أَنْزَلَهُ فِي كِتَابِهِ، وَسَنَّهُ نَبِيُّهُ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَأَبَاحَهُ لِلنَّاسِ غَيْرَ أَهْلِ مَكَّةَ قَالَ اللَّهُ: {ذَلِكَ لِمَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ أَهْلُهُ حَاضِرِي المَسْجِدِ الحَرَامِ} [البقرة: 196] وَأَشْهُرُ الحَجِّ الَّتِي ذَكَرَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى فِي كِتَابهِ: شَوَّالٌ وَذُو القَعْدَةِ وَذُو الحَجَّةِ، فَمَنْ تَمَتَّعَ فِي هَذِهِ الأَشْهُرِ، فَعَلَيْهِ دَمٌ أَوْ صَوْمٌ " وَالرَّفَثُ: الجِمَاعُ، وَالفُسُوقُ: المَعَاصِي، وَالجِدَالُ: المِرَاءُ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1572

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1572

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 38

Taking a bath on entering Makkah.

Hadith 1573

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1573. Narrated Nāfi’: On reaching the sanctuary of Makkah, Ibn ‘Umar رضي الله عنهما used to stop reciting Talbīya and then he would pass the night at Dhī-Tuwā(1) and then offer the Fajr prayers and take a bath. He used to say that the Prophet ﷺ used to do the same.

Arabic text

1573 - حَدَّثَنِي يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَيُّوبُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، قَالَ: كَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا «إِذَا دَخَلَ أَدْنَى الحَرَمِ أَمْسَكَ عَنِ التَّلْبِيَةِ، ثُمَّ يَبِيتُ بِذِي طِوًى، ثُمَّ يُصَلِّي بِهِ الصُّبْحَ، وَيَغْتَسِلُ»، وَيُحَدِّثُ أَنَّ نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1573

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1573

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 39

To enter Makkah by day or by night.

Hadith 1574

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1574. Narrated Nāfi’ Ibn ‘Umar رضي الله عنهما said, “The Prophet ﷺ passed the night at Dhī-Tuwā till it was dawn and then he entered Makkah.” Ibn ‘Umar رضي الله عنهما used to do the same.

Arabic text

1574 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي نَافِعٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «بَاتَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِذِي طُوًى حَتَّى أَصْبَحَ، ثُمَّ دَخَلَ مَكَّةَ» وَكَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا يَفْعَلُهُ

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.1573) Dhī-Tuwā is the name of one of the valleys (district) of Makkah where there is a well-known well in it (district). In the lifetime of the Messenger ﷺ, Makkah was a small city and this district was outside its precincts. Now-a-days Makkah is a larger city and the district is within its boundary.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1574

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1574

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 40

From where to enter Makkah.

Hadith 1575

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1575. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to enter Makkah from the Thāniya-til-'Uliya and used to leave Makkah from the Thāniya-tis-Sufla(1)

Arabic text

1575 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ المُنْذِرِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مَعْنٌ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَدْخُلُ مِنَ الثَّنِيَّةِ العُلْيَا، وَيَخْرُجُ مِنَ الثَّنِيَّةِ السُّفْلَى»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1575

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1575

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 41

From where to leave Makkah.

Hadith 1576

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1576. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ entered Makkah from Kadā' from the (high) Thāniya-til-'Uliya which is at Al-Baṭhā' and used to leave Makkah from the Thāniya-tis-Suflā.

Arabic text

1576 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدُ بْنُ مُسَرْهَدٍ البَصْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ دَخَلَ مَكَّةَ مِنْ كَدَاءٍ مِنَ الثَّنِيَّةِ العُلْيَا الَّتِي بِالْبَطْحَاءِ، وَخَرَجَ مِنَ الثَّنِيَّةِ السُّفْلَى» قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: «كَانَ يُقَالُ هُوَ مُسَدَّدٌ كَاسْمِهِ» قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: سَمِعْتُ يَحْيَى بْنَ مَعِينٍ، يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ يَحْيَى بْنَ سَعِيدٍ، يَقُولُ: «لَوْ أَنَّ مُسَدَّدًا أَتَيْتُهُ فِي بَيْتِهِ، فَحَدَّثْتُهُ لاَسْتَحَقَّ ذَلِكَ، وَمَا أُبَالِي كُتُبِي كَانَتْ عِنْدِي أَوْ عِنْدَ مُسَدَّدٍ»

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.1575) Any obstacle or highway (between two hills) on a mountain is called Thaniya.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1576

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1576

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1577

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1577. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: When the Prophet ﷺ came to Makkah he entered from its higher side and left from its lower side.

Arabic text

1577 - حَدَّثَنَا الحُمَيْدِيُّ، وَمُحَمَّدُ بْنُ المُثَنَّى، قَالاَ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ بْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمَّا جَاءَ إِلَى مَكَّةَ دَخَلَ مِنْ أَعْلاَهَا، وَخَرَجَ مِنْ أَسْفَلِهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1577

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1577

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1578

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1578. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: In the year of the conquest of Makkah, the Prophet ﷺ entered Makkah from Kadā' and left Makkah from Kudan, from the higher part of Makkah.

Arabic text

1578 - حَدَّثَنَا مَحْمُودُ بْنُ غَيْلاَنَ المَرْوَزِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامُ بْنُ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ دَخَلَ عَامَ الفَتْحِ مِنْ كَدَاءٍ، وَخَرَجَ مِنْ كُدًا مِنْ أَعْلَى مَكَّةَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1578

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1578

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1579

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1579. Narrated 'Aisha رضي الله عنها: In the year of the conquest of Makkah, the Prophet ﷺ entered Makkah from Kadā' at the higher place of Makkah. (Hishām, a subnarrator said, "Urwa used to enter (Makkah) from both Kadā which was nearer to his dwelling place.")

Arabic text

1579 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَمْرٌو، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ دَخَلَ عَامَ الفَتْحِ مِنْ كَدَاءٍ أَعْلَى مَكَّةَ» قَالَ هِشَامٌ: وَكَانَ عُرْوَةُ: «يَدْخُلُ عَلَى كِلْتَيْهِمَا مِنْ كَدَاءٍ، وَكُدًا، وَأَكْثَرُ مَا يَدْخُلُ مِنْ كَدَاءٍ، وَكَانَتْ أَقْرَبَهُمَا إِلَى مَنْزِلِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1579

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1579

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1580

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1580. Narrated Hishām: 'Urwa said, "The Prophet ﷺ entered Makkah in the year of the conquest of Makkah from the side of Kadā which is at the higher part to Makkah." 'Urwa often entered from Kadā' which was nearer of the two to his dwelling place. - ١٢٨ [.

Arabic text

1580 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الوَهَّابِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَاتِمٌ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، «دَخَلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَامَ الفَتْحِ مِنْ كَدَاءٍ مِنْ أَعْلَى مَكَّةَ» وَكَانَ عُرْوَةُ: «أَكْثَرَ مَا يَدْخُلُ مِنْ كَدَاءٍ، وَكَانَ أَقْرَبَهُمَا إِلَى مَنْزِلِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1580

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1580

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1581

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1581. Narrated Hishām's father رضي الله عنه: In the year of the conquest of Makkah, the Prophet ﷺ entered Makkah from the side of Kadā'. Urwa used to enter through both places, and he often entered through Kadā' which was nearer of the two to his dwelling place.

Arabic text

1581 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، «دَخَلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَامَ الفَتْحِ مِنْ كَدَاءٍ» وَكَانَ عُرْوَةُ: «يَدْخُلُ مِنْهُمَا كِلَيْهِمَا، وَكَانَ أَكْثَرَ مَا يَدْخُلُ مِنْ كَدَاءٍ أَقْرَبِهِمَا إِلَى مَنْزِلِهِ» قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: «كَدَاءٌ، وَكُدًا مَوْضِعَانِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1581

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1581

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 42

The superiority of Makkah and its buildings, and the statement of Allāh تعالى:

Hadith 1582

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1582. Narrated Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: When the Ka'bah was built, the Prophet ﷺ and Al-'Abbās went to bring stones (for its construction). Al-'Abbās said to the Prophet ﷺ, "Take off your waist sheet and put it on your neck." (When the Prophet ﷺ took it off) he fell on the ground with his eyes open towards the sky and said, "Give me my waist sheet." And he covered himself with it.

Arabic text

1582 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ دِينَارٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: لَمَّا بُنِيَتِ الكَعْبَةُ ذَهَبَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَعَبَّاسٌ يَنْقُلاَنِ الحِجَارَةَ، فَقَالَ العَبَّاسُ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: اجْعَلْ إِزَارَكَ عَلَى رَقَبَتِكَ، فَخَرَّ إِلَى الأَرْضِ، وَطَمَحَتْ عَيْنَاهُ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ، فَقَالَ: «أَرِنِي إِزَارِي» فَشَدَّهُ عَلَيْهِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1582

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1582

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1583

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1583. Narrated 'Āishah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: the wife of the Prophet ﷺ that Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said to her, "Do you know that when your people (Quraish) rebuilt the Ka'bah, they reduced it from its original foundation laid by Ibrāhīm (Abraham)?" I said, "O Allāh's Messenger! Why don't you rebuild it on its original foundation laid by Ibrāhīm?" He replied, "Were it not for the fact that your people are close to the Pre-Islāmic Period of Ignorance (i.e., they have recently become Muslims), I would have done so." The subnarrator, 'Abdullāh (bin 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ) stated: 'Āishah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا must have heard this from Allāh's Messenger ﷺ, for in my opinion Allāh's Messenger ﷺ had not (1) (Chap. 42) Manāsik (i.e., Ihrām, Tawāf of Ka'bah and Sā'y (going) between Aṣ-Ṣafa and Al-Marwa, stay at Arafat, Muzdalifa, and Mina, Ramy of Jamarāt, slaughtering of Hady (animal) etc. placed his hand over the two corners of the Ka'bah opposite Al-Hijr only because the Ka'bah was not rebuilt on its original foundations laid by Ibrāhīm عليه السلام .

Arabic text

1583 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، أَخْبَرَ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ، زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ لَهَا: «أَلَمْ تَرَيْ أَنَّ قَوْمَكِ لَمَّا بَنَوْا الكَعْبَةَ اقْتَصَرُوا عَنْ قَوَاعِدِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ؟»، فَقُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَلاَ تَرُدُّهَا عَلَى قَوَاعِدِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ؟ قَالَ: «لَوْلاَ حِدْثَانُ قَوْمِكِ بِالكُفْرِ لَفَعَلْتُ» فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: لَئِنْ كَانَتْ عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا سَمِعَتْ هَذَا مِنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، مَا أُرَى رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ تَرَكَ اسْتِلاَمَ الرُّكْنَيْنِ اللَّذَيْنِ يَلِيَانِ الحِجْرَ، إِلَّا أَنَّ البَيْتَ لَمْ يُتَمَّمْ عَلَى قَوَاعِدِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1583

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1583

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1584

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1584. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها I asked the Prophet ﷺ whether the round wall (near Ka'bah) was part of the Ka'bah. The Prophet ﷺ replied in the affirmative. I further said, "What is wrong with them, why have they not included it in the building of the Ka'bah?" He said, "Don't you see that your people (Quraish) ran short of money (so they could not include it inside the building of Ka'bah)?" I asked, "What about its gate? Why is it so high?" He replied, "Your people did this so as to admit into it whomever they liked and prevent whomever they liked. Were your people not close to the Period of Ignorance (i.e., they have recently embraced Islām) and were I not afraid that they would dislike it, surely I would have included the (area of the) wall inside the building of the Ka'bah, and I would have lowered its gate to the level of the ground."

Arabic text

1584 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الأَحْوَصِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَشْعَثُ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: سَأَلْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ الجَدْرِ أَمِنَ البَيْتِ هُوَ؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ» قُلْتُ: فَمَا لَهُمْ لَمْ يُدْخِلُوهُ فِي البَيْتِ؟ قَالَ: «إِنَّ قَوْمَكِ قَصَّرَتْ بِهِمُ النَّفَقَةُ» قُلْتُ: فَمَا شَأْنُ بَابِهِ مُرْتَفِعًا؟ قَالَ: «فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ قَوْمُكِ، لِيُدْخِلُوا مَنْ شَاءُوا وَيَمْنَعُوا مَنْ شَاءُوا، وَلَوْلاَ أَنَّ قَوْمَكِ حَدِيثٌ عَهْدُهُمْ بِالْجَاهِلِيَّةِ، فَأَخَافُ أَنْ تُنْكِرَ قُلُوبُهُمْ، أَنْ أُدْخِلَ الجَدْرَ فِي البَيْتِ، وَأَنْ أُلْصِقَ بَابَهُ بِالأَرْضِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1584

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1584

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1585

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1585. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said to me, "Were your people not close to the Period of Ignorance, I would have demolished the Ka'bah and would have rebuilt it on its original foundations laid by Ibrāhīm (Abraham) (for Quraish had reduced its building), and I would have built a back door (too)."

Arabic text

1585 - حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: قَالَ لِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «لَوْلاَ حَدَاثَةُ قَوْمِكِ بِالكُفْرِ لَنَقَضْتُ البَيْتَ، ثُمَّ لَبَنَيْتُهُ عَلَى أَسَاسِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ عَلَيْهِ السَّلاَمُ، فَإِنَّ قُرَيْشًا اسْتَقْصَرَتْ بِنَاءَهُ وَجَعَلْتُ لَهُ خَلْفًا» قَالَ أَبُو مُعَاوِيَةَ: حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ «خَلْفًا» يَعْنِي بَابًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1585

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1585

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1586

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: 'Aishah 1586. Narrated 'Urwa: 'O Aishah! Were your people not close to the Period of Ignorance, I would have had the Ka'bah demolished and would have included in it the portion which had been left, and would have made it at a level with the ground and would have made two doors for it; one towards the east and the other towards the west, and then by doing this it would have been built on the foundations laid by (the Prophet) Ibrāhīm (Abraham).'" That was what urged Ibn-Az-Zubair when he demolished and rebuilt the Ka'bah and included in it a portion of Al-Hijr (the unroofed portion of Ka'bah which is at present in the form of a compound towards the north-west of the Ka'bah). I saw the original foundations laid by Ibrāhīm which were of stones resembling the humps of camels." So Jarīr asked Yazīd, "Where was the place of those stones?" Yazīd said, "I will just now show it to you." So Jarīr accompanied Yazīd and entered Al-Hijr, and Yazīd pointed to a place and said, "Here it is." Jarīr said, "It appeared to me about six cubits from Al-Hijr or so."

Arabic text

1586 - حَدَّثَنَا بَيَانُ بْنُ عَمْرٍو، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرُ بْنُ حَازِمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ رُومَانَ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ لَهَا: «يَا عَائِشَةُ، لَوْلاَ أَنَّ قَوْمَكِ حَدِيثُ عَهْدٍ بِجَاهِلِيَّةٍ لَأَمَرْتُ بِالْبَيْتِ، فَهُدِمَ، فَأَدْخَلْتُ فِيهِ مَا أُخْرِجَ مِنْهُ، وَأَلْزَقْتُهُ بِالأَرْضِ، وَجَعَلْتُ لَهُ بَابَيْنِ، بَابًا شَرْقِيًّا، وَبَابًا غَرْبِيًّا، فَبَلَغْتُ بِهِ أَسَاسَ إِبْرَاهِيمَ»، فَذَلِكَ الَّذِي حَمَلَ ابْنَ الزُّبَيْرِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا عَلَى هَدْمِهِ، قَالَ يَزِيدُ: وَشَهِدْتُ ابْنَ الزُّبَيْرِ حِينَ هَدَمَهُ، وَبَنَاهُ، وَأَدْخَلَ فِيهِ مِنَ الحِجْرِ، وَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ أَسَاسَ إِبْرَاهِيمَ حِجَارَةً، كَأَسْنِمَةِ الإِبِلِ، قَالَ جَرِيرٌ: فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: أَيْنَ مَوْضِعُهُ؟ قَالَ: أُرِيكَهُ الآنَ، فَدَخَلْتُ مَعَهُ الحِجْرَ، فَأَشَارَ إِلَى مَكَانٍ، فَقَالَ: هَا هُنَا، قَالَ جَرِيرٌ: فَحَزَرْتُ مِنَ الحِجْرِ سِتَّةَ أَذْرُعٍ أَوْ نَحْوَهَا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1586

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1586

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 43

The superiority of the Haram (of Makkah).

Hadith 1587

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1587. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbās رضي الله عنهما: On the day of the conquest of Makkah, Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Allāh has made this town a sanctuary. Its thorny bushes should not be cut, its game should not be chased, and its Luqta (fallen things) should not be picked up except by one who would announce it publicly.”

Arabic text

1587 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا جَرِيرُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الحَمِيدِ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ فَتْحِ مَكَّةَ: «إِنَّ هَذَا البَلَدَ حَرَّمَهُ اللَّهُ لاَ يُعْضَدُ شَوْكُهُ، وَلاَ يُنَفَّرُ صَيْدُهُ، وَلاَ يَلْتَقِطُ لُقَطَتَهُ إِلَّا مَنْ عَرَّفَهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1587

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1587

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 44

What is said regarding the inheritance, sale and purchase of the houses of Makkah. All the people have an equal right for Al-Masjid-al-Harām especially by virtue of the Statement of Allāh: نمالي: “Verily! Those who disbelieved and hinder (men) from the Path of Allāh, and from Al-Masjid-al-Harām (at Makkah) which We have made (open) to (all) men, the dweller in it and the visitor from the country are equal there [as regards its sanctity and pilgrimage Hajj and Umra]]. And whoever inclines to evil action in it, and do wrong (i.e. practise polytheism and leave Islāmic Monotheism), him We shall cause to taste from a painful torment.” (V.22:25).

Hadith 1588

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1588. Narrated ‘Usāma bin Zaid رضي الله عنهما: I asked, “O Allāh’s Messenger! Where will you stay in Makkah? Will you stay in your house in Makkah?” He replied, “Has ‘Aqīl left any property or house?” ‘Aqīl along with Tālib had inherited the property of Abū Tālib. Ja'far and 'Alī did not inherit anything as they were Muslims while Aqil and Talib were disbelievers. 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ used to say, "A believer cannot inherit (anything from a) disbeliever..." Ibn Shihāb, (a sub-narrator) said, "They ('Umar and others) derived the above verdict from Allāh Statement : 'Verily, those who believed, and emigrated and strove hard and fought with their property and their lives in the Cause of Allāh, as well as those who gave (them) asylum and help - these are (all) allies to one another...' (V.8:72)

Arabic text

1588 - حَدَّثَنَا أَصْبَغُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عَلِيِّ بْنِ حُسَيْنٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ عُثْمَانَ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَيْنَ تَنْزِلُ فِي دَارِكَ بِمَكَّةَ؟ فَقَالَ: «وَهَلْ تَرَكَ عَقِيلٌ مِنْ رِبَاعٍ أَوْ دُورٍ»، وَكَانَ عَقِيلٌ وَرِثَ أَبَا طَالِبٍ هُوَ وَطَالِبٌ، وَلَمْ يَرِثْهُ جَعْفَرٌ وَلاَ عَلِيٌّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، شَيْئًا لِأَنَّهُمَا كَانَا مُسْلِمَيْنِ، وَكَانَ عَقِيلٌ وَطَالِبٌ كَافِرَيْنِ، فَكَانَ عُمَرُ بْنُ الخَطَّابِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ يَقُولُ: لاَ يَرِثُ المُؤْمِنُ الكَافِرَ ، قَالَ ابْنُ شِهَابٍ: وَكَانُوا يَتَأَوَّلُونَ قَوْلَ اللَّهِ تَعَالَى: {إِنَّ الَّذِينَ آمَنُوا وَهَاجَرُوا وَجَاهَدُوا بِأَمْوَالِهِمْ وَأَنْفُسِهِمْ فِي سَبِيلِ اللَّهِ، وَالَّذِينَ آوَوْا وَنَصَرُوا أُولَئِكَ بَعْضُهُمْ أَوْلِيَاءُ بَعْضٍ} [الأنفال: 72] الآيَةَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1588

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1588

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 45

The residence of the Prophet ﷺ in Makkah.

Hadith 1589

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1589. Narrated Abū Hurairah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: When Allāh's Messenger ﷺ intended to enter Makkah he said, "Our destination tomorrow, if Allāh will, shall be Khaif Bani Kināna where (the Mushrikūn) had taken the oath of Kufr." (Against the Prophet ﷺ i.e., to be loyal to heathenism by boycotting Bani Hāshim, the Prophet's folk). (See Hadīth No. 3882 Vol. 5).

Arabic text

1589 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو سَلَمَةَ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ أَرَادَ قُدُومَ مَكَّةَ: «مَنْزِلُنَا غَدًا، إِنْ شَاءَ اللَّهُ، بِخَيْفِ بَنِي كِنَانَةَ، حَيْثُ تَقَاسَمُوا عَلَى الكُفْرِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1589

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1589

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1590

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1590. Narrated Abū Hurairah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: On the day of Nahr at Mina, the Prophet ﷺ said, "Tomorrow we shall stay at Khaif Bani Kināna where the Mushrikūn had taken the oath of Kufr (i.e. to be loyal to heathenism)." He meant (by that place) Al-Muhaṣṣab where the Quraish tribe and Bani Kināna concluded a contract against Bani Hāshim and Bani 'Abdul-Muṭṭalib or Bani Al-Muṭṭalib that they would not intermarry with them or deal with them in business until they handed over the Prophet ﷺ to them.

Arabic text

1590 - حَدَّثَنَا الحُمَيْدِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا الوَلِيدُ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَوْزَاعِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي الزُّهْرِيُّ، عَنْ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنَ الغَدِ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ، وَهُوَ بِمِنًى: «نَحْنُ نَازِلُونَ غَدًا بِخَيْفِ بَنِي كِنَانَةَ، حَيْثُ تَقَاسَمُوا عَلَى الكُفْرِ» يَعْنِي ذَلِكَ المُحَصَّبَ، وَذَلِكَ أَنَّ قُرَيْشًا وَكِنَانَةَ، تَحَالَفَتْ عَلَى بَنِي هَاشِمٍ وَبَنِي عَبْدِ المُطَّلِبِ، أَوْ بَنِي المُطَّلِبِ: أَنْ لاَ يُنَاكِحُوهُمْ وَلاَ يُبَايِعُوهُمْ، حَتَّى يُسْلِمُوا إِلَيْهِمُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَقَالَ سَلاَمَةُ، عَنْ عُقَيْلٍ، وَيَحْيَى بْنُ الضَّحَّاكِ، عَنِ الأَوْزَاعِيِّ، أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ شِهَابٍ، وَقَالاَ: بَنِي هَاشِمٍ، وَبَنِي المُطَّلِبِ، قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: «بَنِي المُطَّلِبِ أَشْبَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1590

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1590

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 46

The Statement of Allāh:

Chapter 47

The Statement of Allāh تعالى:

Hadith 1591

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1591. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "Dhus-Suwaqatain (literally: One with two thin legs) from Ethiopia will demolish the Ka'bah."

Arabic text

1591 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا زِيَادُ بْنُ سَعْدٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ المُسَيِّبِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «يُخَرِّبُ الكَعْبَةَ ذُو السُّوَيْقَتَيْنِ مِنَ الحَبَشَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1591

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1591

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1592

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1592. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: The people used to observe Saum (fast) on 'Āshūrā' (the tenth day of the month of Muḥarram) before the fasting of Ramaḍān was made obligatory. And on that day, the Ka'bah used to be covered with a cover. When Allāh made the fasting of the month of Ramaḍān compulsory, Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Whoever wishes to observe Saum (fast) (on the day of 'Āshūrā') may do so; and whoever wishes to leave it can do so."

Arabic text

1592 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ عُقَيْلٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، وحَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ مُقَاتِلٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ هُوَ ابْنُ المُبَارَكِ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي حَفْصَةَ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: كَانُوا يَصُومُونَ عَاشُورَاءَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يُفْرَضَ رَمَضَانُ، وَكَانَ يَوْمًا تُسْتَرُ فِيهِ الكَعْبَةُ ، فَلَمَّا فَرَضَ اللَّهُ رَمَضَانَ، قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «مَنْ شَاءَ أَنْ يَصُومَهُ فَلْيَصُمْهُ، وَمَنْ شَاءَ أَنْ يَتْرُكَهُ فَلْيَتْرُكْهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1592

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1592

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1593

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

رَضِيَ 1593. Narrated Abū Sa'īd Al-Khudrī رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ said, "The people will continue performing the Hajj and Umra to the Ka'bah even after the coming out of Ya'jūj and Ma'jūj (Gog and Magog)." The subnarrator Shu'ba added, "The Hour (Day of Judgement) will not be established till the Hajj (to the Ka'bah) is abandoned.

Arabic text

1593 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ، عَنِ الحَجَّاجِ بْنِ حَجَّاجٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي عُتْبَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي سَعِيدٍ الخُدْرِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «لَيُحَجَّنَّ البَيْتُ وَلَيُعْتَمَرَنَّ بَعْدَ خُرُوجِ يَأْجُوجَ وَمَأْجُوجَ»، تَابَعَهُ أَبَانُ، وَعِمْرَانُ عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، وَقَالَ عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ قَالَ: «لاَ تَقُومُ السَّاعَةُ حَتَّى لاَ يُحَجَّ البَيْتُ»، «وَالأَوَّلُ أَكْثَرُ، سَمِعَ قَتَادَةُ، عَبْدَ اللَّهِ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ، أَبَا سَعِيدٍ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1593

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1593

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 48

The covering of the Ka'bah.

Hadith 1594

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

رَضِيَ 1594. Narrated Abū Wā'il: (One day) I sat along with Shaiba on the chair inside the Ka'bah. He (Shaiba) said, "No doubt 'Umar sat at this place and said, 'I intended not to leave any yellow (i.e. gold) or white (i.e. silver) (inside the Ka'bah) undistributed.' I said (to 'Umar), 'But your two companions (i.e. the Prophet ﷺ and Abū Bakr) did not do so.' 'Umar said, 'They are the two persons whom I always follow.'"

Arabic text

1594 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الوَهَّابِ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الحَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا وَاصِلٌ الأَحْدَبُ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، قَالَ: جِئْتُ إِلَى شَيْبَةَ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا قَبِيصَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ وَاصِلٍ، عَنْ أَبِي وَائِلٍ، قَالَ: جَلَسْتُ مَعَ شَيْبَةَ عَلَى الكُرْسِيِّ فِي الكَعْبَةِ، فَقَالَ: لَقَدْ جَلَسَ هَذَا المَجْلِسَ عُمَرُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فَقَالَ: «لَقَدْ هَمَمْتُ أَنْ لاَ أَدَعَ فِيهَا صَفْرَاءَ وَلاَ بَيْضَاءَ إِلَّا قَسَمْتُهُ». قُلْتُ: إِنَّ صَاحِبَيْكَ لَمْ يَفْعَلاَ، قَالَ: «هُمَا المَرْءَانِ أَقْتَدِي بِهِمَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1594

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1594

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 49

The demolishing of the Ka'bah.

Hadith 1595

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1595. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنها: The Prophet ﷺ said, "As if I am looking at him, a black person with thin legs plucking out the stones of the Ka'bah one after another."

Arabic text

1595 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الأَخْنَسِ، حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ أَبِي مُلَيْكَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «كَأَنِّي بِهِ أَسْوَدَ أَفْحَجَ، يَقْلَعُهَا حَجَرًا حَجَرًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1595

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1595

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1596

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1596. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Dhus-Suwaiqatain (the thin-legged man) from Ethiopia will demolish the Ka'bah."

Arabic text

1596 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ المُسَيِّبِ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «يُخَرِّبُ الكَعْبَةَ ذُو السُّوَيْقَتَيْنِ مِنَ الحَبَشَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1596

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1596

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 50

What is said regarding the Black Stone.

Hadith 1597

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1597. Narrated 'Ābis bin Rabī'a: 'Umar رضي الله عنه came near the Black Stone and kissed it and said, "No doubt, I know that you are a stone and can neither harm (anyone) nor benefit anyone. Had I not seen Allāh's Messenger ﷺ kissing you, I would not have kissed you."

Arabic text

1597 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَابِسِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنْ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: أَنَّهُ جَاءَ إِلَى الحَجَرِ الأَسْوَدِ فَقَبَّلَهُ، فَقَالَ: «إِنِّي أَعْلَمُ أَنَّكَ حَجَرٌ، لاَ تَضُرُّ وَلاَ تَنْفَعُ، وَلَوْلاَ أَنِّي رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُقَبِّلُكَ مَا قَبَّلْتُكَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1597

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1597

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 51

Closing the door of the Ka'bah and (the permissibility) of offering Salāt (prayer) at any place in it.

Hadith 1598

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1598. Narrated Sālim that his father said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ, Usāma bin Zaid, Bilāl, and 'Uthman bin Ṭalḥa رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُم entered the Ka'bah and then closed its door. When they opened the door I was the first person to enter (the Ka'bah). I met Bilāl and asked him, "Did Allāh's Messenger ﷺ offer a Salāt (prayer) inside (the Ka'bah)?" Bilāl replied in the affirmative and said, "(The Prophet ﷺ offered Salāt) in between the two right pillars."

Arabic text

1598 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: دَخَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ البَيْتَ هُوَ وَأُسَامَةُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، وَبِلاَلٌ، وَعُثْمَانُ بْنُ طَلْحَةَ فَأَغْلَقُوا عَلَيْهِمْ، فَلَمَّا فَتَحُوا كُنْتُ أَوَّلَ مَنْ وَلَجَ فَلَقِيتُ بِلاَلًا فَسَأَلْتُهُ: هَلْ صَلَّى فِيهِ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ بَيْنَ العَمُودَيْنِ اليَمَانِيَيْنِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1598

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1598

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 52

Offering Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayers) inside the Ka'bah.

Hadith 1599

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1599. Narrated Nāfi': Whenever Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا entered the Ka'bah he used to walk straight, keeping the door at his back on entering; and used to proceed on till about three cubits from the wall in front of him, and then he would offer prayers there aiming at the place where Allāh's Messenger ﷺ offered prayers according to the information of Bilāl. And there is no harm for any person to offer Salāt (prayer) at any place inside the Ka'bah.

Arabic text

1599 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّهُ كَانَ إِذَا دَخَلَ الكَعْبَةَ، مَشَى قِبَلَ الوَجْهِ حِينَ يَدْخُلُ، وَيَجْعَلُ البَابَ قِبَلَ الظَّهْرِ، يَمْشِي حَتَّى يَكُونَ بَيْنَهُ وَبَيْنَ الجِدَارِ الَّذِي قِبَلَ وَجْهِهِ قَرِيبًا مِنْ ثَلاَثِ أَذْرُعٍ، فَيُصَلِّي، يَتَوَخَّى المَكَانَ الَّذِي أَخْبَرَهُ بِلاَلٌ: «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى فِيهِ، وَلَيْسَ عَلَى أَحَدٍ بَأْسٌ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ فِي أَيِّ نَوَاحِي البَيْتِ شَاءَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1599

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1599

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 53

Whoever did not enter the Ka'bah, and Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا used to

Hadith 1600

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1600. Narrated Ismā'il bin Abū Khālid: 'Abdullāh bin Abū Aufa رضي الله عنه said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ performed the Umra. He performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah and offered two Rak'ā behind the Maqām [Ibrāhīm (Abraham's) place] and was accompanied by those who were screening him from the people." Somebody asked 'Abdullāh, "Did Allāh's Messenger ﷺ enter the Ka'bah?" 'Abdullāh replied in the negative.(1)

Arabic text

1600 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبِي خَالِدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي أَوْفَى قَالَ: «اعْتَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَطَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ، وَصَلَّى خَلْفَ المَقَامِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ وَمَعَهُ مَنْ يَسْتُرُهُ مِنَ النَّاسِ»، فَقَالَ لَهُ رَجُلٌ: أَدَخَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الكَعْبَةَ؟ قَالَ «لاَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1600

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1600

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 54

Saying Takbīr (Allāh is the Most Great) inside the Ka'bah.

Hadith 1601

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1601. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: When Allāh's Messenger ﷺ came to Makkah, he refused to enter the Ka'bah with idols in it. He ordered (idols to be taken out). So they were taken out. The people took out the pictures of Ibrāhīm (Abraham) and Ismā'il (Ishmael) holding Azlām in their hands. Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "May Allāh Curse these people. By Allāh, both Ibrāhīm and Ismā'il never did the game of chance with Azlām." Then he entered the Ka'bah and said Takbīr at its corners but did not offer the Ṣalāt (prayer) in it.

Arabic text

1601 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَعْمَرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَيُّوبُ، حَدَّثَنَا عِكْرِمَةُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمَّا قَدِمَ أَبَى أَنْ يَدْخُلَ البَيْتَ وَفِيهِ الآلِهَةُ، فَأَمَرَ بِهَا فَأُخْرِجَتْ، فَأَخْرَجُوا صُورَةَ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، وَإِسْمَاعِيلَ فِي أَيْدِيهِمَا الأَزْلاَمُ، فَقَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «قَاتَلَهُمُ اللَّهُ، أَمَا وَاللَّهِ لَقَدْ عَلِمُوا أَنَّهُمَا لَمْ يَسْتَقْسِمَا بِهَا قَطُّ». فَدَخَلَ البَيْتَ، فَكَبَّرَ فِي نَوَاحِيهِ، وَلَمْ يُصَلِّ فِيهِ

Footnotes

1 (1) (H. 1600) This means that the Prophet ﷺ did not enter the Ka'bah when he performed that particular Umra perhaps because it contained idols or because he was afraid of being prevented by the pagans from entering it.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1601

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1601

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 55

How (the legality of) the Ramal(1) started.

Hadith 1602

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1602. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: When Allāh's Messenger ﷺ and his Companions came to Makkah, the Mushrikūn circulated the news that a group of people were coming to them and they had been weakened by the fever of Yathrib (Al-Madīna). So the Prophet ﷺ ordered his Companions to do Ramal in the first three rounds of Tawāf of the Ka'bah, and to walk between the two corners (the Yemenite corner and the Black Stone). The Prophet ﷺ did not order them to do Ramal in all the rounds of Tawāf out of pity for them.

Arabic text

1602 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ هُوَ ابْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: قَدِمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَأَصْحَابُهُ، فَقَالَ المُشْرِكُونَ: إِنَّهُ يَقْدَمُ عَلَيْكُمْ وَقَدْ وَهَنَهُمْ حُمَّى يَثْرِبَ، فَأَمَرَهُمُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَنْ يَرْمُلُوا الأَشْوَاطَ الثَّلاَثَةَ، وَأَنْ يَمْشُوا مَا بَيْنَ الرُّكْنَيْنِ، وَلَمْ يَمْنَعْهُ أَنْ يَأْمُرَهُمْ أَنْ يَرْمُلُوا الأَشْوَاطَ كُلَّهَا إِلَّا الإِبْقَاءُ عَلَيْهِمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1602

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1602

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 56

The touching (and kissing) of the Black Stone on reaching Makkah during the first round of Tawāf of the Ka'bah, and doing Ramal in the first three rounds (of Tawāf).

Hadith 1603

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1603. Narrated Sālim that his father said: I saw Allāh's Messenger ﷺ arriving at Makkah; he kissed the Black Stone corner first while doing Tawāf and did Ramal in the first three rounds of the seven rounds (of Tawāf).

Arabic text

1603 - حَدَّثَنَا أَصْبَغُ بْنُ الفَرَجِ، أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَ يَقْدَمُ مَكَّةَ " إِذَا اسْتَلَمَ الرُّكْنَ الأَسْوَدَ، أَوَّلَ مَا يَطُوفُ: يَخُبُّ ثَلاَثَةَ أَطْوَافٍ مِنَ السَّبْعِ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1603

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1603

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 57

Doing Ramal in performing Tawāf during Hajj and Umra.

Hadith 1604

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1604. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ did Ramal in (first) three rounds (of Tawāf), and walked in the remaining four, in Hajj and Umra.

Arabic text

1604 - حَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ سَلاَمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُرَيْجُ بْنُ النُّعْمَانِ، حَدَّثَنَا فُلَيْحٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: سَعَى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ثَلاَثَةَ أَشْوَاطٍ، وَمَشَى أَرْبَعَةً فِي الحَجِّ وَالعُمْرَةِ "، تَابَعَهُ اللَّيْثُ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي كَثِيرُ بْنُ فَرْقَدٍ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1604

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1604

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1605

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1605. Narrated Zaid bin Aslam that his father said, " 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb رضي الله عنه addressed the corner (Black Stone) saying, 'By Allāh! I know that you are a stone and can neither benefit nor harm. Had I not seen the Prophet ﷺ touching (and kissing) you, I would never have touched (and kissed) you.' Then he kissed it and said, 'There is no reason for us to do Ramal (in Tawāf) except that we wanted to show off before the Mushrikūn, and now Allāh has destroyed them.' " 'Umar added, '(Nevertheless) the Prophet ﷺ did that and we do not want to leave it (i.e. Ramal).'"

Arabic text

1605 - حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي زَيْدُ بْنُ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، أَنَّ عُمَرَ بْنَ الخَطَّابِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَالَ لِلرُّكْنِ: «أَمَا وَاللَّهِ، إِنِّي لَأَعْلَمُ أَنَّكَ حَجَرٌ لاَ تَضُرُّ وَلاَ تَنْفَعُ، وَلَوْلاَ أَنِّي رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ اسْتَلَمَكَ مَا اسْتَلَمْتُكَ»، فَاسْتَلَمَهُ ثُمَّ قَالَ: «فَمَا لَنَا وَلِلرَّمَلِ إِنَّمَا كُنَّا رَاءَيْنَا بِهِ المُشْرِكِينَ وَقَدْ أَهْلَكَهُمُ اللَّهُ»، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «شَيْءٌ صَنَعَهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَلاَ نُحِبُّ أَنْ نَتْرُكَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1605

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1605

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1606

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1606. Narrated Nāfi' : Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما said, "I have never missed the touching of these two corners of Ka'bah (the Black Stone and the Yemenite Corner) both in the presence and the absence of crowds, since I saw the Prophet ﷺ touching them." (The subnarrator asked Nāfi' : ) "Did Ibn 'Umar use to walk between the two corners?" Nāfi' replied, "He used to walk in order that it might be easy for him to touch it (the corner)."

Arabic text

1606 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: «مَا تَرَكْتُ اسْتِلاَمَ هَذَيْنِ الرُّكْنَيْنِ فِي شِدَّةٍ وَلاَ رَخَاءٍ، مُنْذُ رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسْتَلِمُهُمَا»، قُلْتُ لِنَافِعٍ: أَكَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ يَمْشِي بَيْنَ الرُّكْنَيْنِ؟ قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا كَانَ يَمْشِي لِيَكُونَ أَيْسَرَ لِاسْتِلاَمِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1606

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1606

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 58

Touching the Corner (Black Stone) with a bent-headed stick.

Hadith 1607

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1607. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah riding a camel in his last Hajj and touched the (Black Stone) Corner with a bent-headed stick.

Arabic text

1607 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ صَالِحٍ، وَيَحْيَى بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالاَ: حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: «طَافَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي حَجَّةِ الوَدَاعِ عَلَى بَعِيرٍ، يَسْتَلِمُ الرُّكْنَ بِمِحْجَنٍ»، تَابَعَهُ الدَّرَاوَرْدِيُّ، عَنْ ابْنِ أَخِي الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عَمِّهِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1607

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1607

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 59

Whoever did not touch except the two Yemenite Corners of the Ka'bah.

Hadith 1608

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1608. AbU Ash-Sha'tha' said, "Who keeps away from some portion of the Ka'bah?" Mu'awiya used to touch the four corners of the Ka'bah, Ibn 'Abbãs L4i ist said to him, "These two corners (the ones facing the Ijijr) are not to be touched." Mu'awiya said, "Nothing is untouchable in the Ka'bah." And Ibn Az-Zubair used to touch all the corners of the Ka'bah.

Arabic text

1608 - وَقَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ: أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ أَبِي الشَّعْثَاءِ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: «وَمَنْ يَتَّقِي شَيْئًا مِنَ البَيْتِ؟» وَكَانَ مُعَاوِيَةُ يَسْتَلِمُ الأَرْكَانَ، فَقَالَ لَهُ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: إِنَّهُ لاَ يُسْتَلَمُ هَذَانِ الرُّكْنَانِ، فَقَالَ: «لَيْسَ شَيْءٌ مِنَ البَيْتِ مَهْجُورًا» وَكَانَ ابْنُ الزُّبَيْرِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا «يَسْتَلِمُهُنَّ كُلَّهُنَّ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1608

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1608

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1609

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1609. Narrated Sālim bin 'Abdullāh رضي الله عنهما that his father said, "I have not seen the Prophet ﷺ touching except the two Yemenite Corners (i.e. the ones facing Yemen)."

Arabic text

1609 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو الوَلِيدِ، حَدَّثَنَا لَيْثٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: «لَمْ أَرَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسْتَلِمُ مِنَ البَيْتِ إِلَّا الرُّكْنَيْنِ اليَمَانِيَيْنِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1609

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1609

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 60

To kiss the Black Stone.

Hadith 1610

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1610. Narrated Zaid bin Aslam that his father said, "I saw 'Umar bin Al-Khaṭṭāb رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ kissing the Black Stone and he then said (to it), 'Had I not seen Allāh's Messenger ﷺ kissing you (stone), I would not have kissed you.'"

Arabic text

1610 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ سِنَانٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَخْبَرَنَا وَرْقَاءُ، أَخْبَرَنَا زَيْدُ بْنُ أَسْلَمَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ عُمَرَ بْنَ الخَطَّابِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَبَّلَ الحَجَرَ، وَقَالَ: «لَوْلاَ أَنِّي رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَبَّلَكَ مَا قَبَّلْتُكَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1610

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1610

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1611

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1611. Narrated Az-Zubair bin 'Arabi: A man asked Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا about the touching of the Black Stone. Ibn 'Umar said, "I saw Allāh's Messenger ﷺ touching and kissing it." The questioner said, "But if there were a throng (much rush) round the Ka'bah and the people overpowered me, (what would I do?)" He replied angrily, "Stay in Yemen (as that man was from Yemen). I saw Allāh's Messenger ﷺ touching and kissing it."

Arabic text

1611 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنِ الزُّبَيْرِ بْنِ عَرَبِيٍّ، قَالَ: سَأَلَ رَجُلٌ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا عَنِ اسْتِلاَمِ الحَجَرِ، فَقَالَ: «رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسْتَلِمُهُ وَيُقَبِّلُهُ» قَالَ: قُلْتُ: أَرَأَيْتَ إِنْ زُحِمْتُ، أَرَأَيْتَ إِنْ غُلِبْتُ، قَالَ: «اجْعَلْ أَرَأَيْتَ بِاليَمَنِ، رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسْتَلِمُهُ وَيُقَبِّلُهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1611

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1611

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 61

Whoever pointed towards the Corner (Black Stone) on coming in front of it (while performing Tawāf).

Hadith 1612

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1612. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: The Prophet ﷺ performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah while riding a camel, and whenever he came in front of the Corner, he pointed towards it.

Arabic text

1612 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ المُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَهَّابِ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «طَافَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْبَيْتِ عَلَى بَعِيرٍ، كُلَّمَا أَتَى عَلَى الرُّكْنِ أَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1612

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1612

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 62

To say Takbir (Allāh is the Most Great) on coming in front of the Corner (having the Black Stone).

Hadith 1613

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1613. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: The Prophet ﷺ performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah riding a camel, and every time he came in front of the Corner (having the Black Stone), he pointed towards it with something he had with him and said Takbir.

Arabic text

1613 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ الحَذَّاءُ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «طَافَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْبَيْتِ عَلَى بَعِيرٍ، كُلَّمَا أَتَى الرُّكْنَ أَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ بِشَيْءٍ كَانَ عِنْدَهُ وَكَبَّرَ»، تَابَعَهُ إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ طَهْمَانَ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الحَذَّاءِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1613

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1613

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 63

Whoever performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah on reaching Makkah before going to his house then offered two Rak'ā and then went towards Aṣ-Ṣafā.

Hadith 1614

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1614, 1615. Narrated 'Urwa: 'Aishah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا said, "The first thing the Prophet ﷺ did on reaching Makkah was the ablution and then he performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah and that was not Umra (alone), (but Hajj-al-Qirān). " 'Urwa added: Later Abū Bakr and 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا did the same in their Hajj. And I performed the Hajj with my father Az-Zubair رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ, and the first thing he did was Tawāf of the Ka'bah. Later I saw the Al-Muhājirīn (Emigrants) and the Anṣār doing the same. My mother (Asmā') told me that she, her sister ('Aishah), Az-Zubair and such and such persons assumed Iḥrām for Umra, and after they passed their hands over the Black Stone Corner (of the Ka'bah) they finished the Iḥrām (i.e., after doing Tawāf of the Ka'bah and Sa'y between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa).

Arabic text

1614 - حَدَّثَنَا أَصْبَغُ، عَنِ ابْنِ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرٌو، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، ذَكَرْتُ لِعُرْوَةَ قَالَ: فَأَخْبَرَتْنِي عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: «أَنَّ أَوَّلَ شَيْءٍ بَدَأَ بِهِ - حِينَ قَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - أَنَّهُ تَوَضَّأَ، ثُمَّ طَافَ»، ثُمَّ لَمْ تَكُنْ عُمْرَةً. ثُمَّ حَجَّ أَبُو بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: مِثْلَهُ، ثُمَّ حَجَجْتُ مَعَ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فَأَوَّلُ شَيْءٍ بَدَأَ بِهِ الطَّوَافُ، ثُمَّ رَأَيْتُ المُهَاجِرِينَ وَالأَنْصَارَ يَفْعَلُونَهُ، وَقَدْ أَخْبَرَتْنِي أُمِّي: أَنَّهَا أَهَلَّتْ هِيَ، وَأُخْتُهَا، وَالزُّبَيْرُ، وَفُلاَنٌ وَفُلاَنٌ، بِعُمْرَةٍ، فَلَمَّا مَسَحُوا الرُّكْنَ حَلُّوا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1614

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1614

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1615

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1614, 1615. Narrated 'Urwa: 'Aishah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا said, "The first thing the Prophet ﷺ did on reaching Makkah was the ablution and then he performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah and that was not Umra (alone), (but Hajj-al-Qirān). " 'Urwa added: Later Abū Bakr and 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا did the same in their Hajj. And I performed the Hajj with my father Az-Zubair رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ, and the first thing he did was Tawāf of the Ka'bah. Later I saw the Al-Muhājirīn (Emigrants) and the Anṣār doing the same. My mother (Asmā') told me that she, her sister ('Aishah), Az-Zubair and such and such persons assumed Iḥrām for Umra, and after they passed their hands over the Black Stone Corner (of the Ka'bah) they finished the Iḥrām (i.e., after doing Tawāf of the Ka'bah and Sa'y between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa). رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: When Allāh's Messenger ﷺ performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah for Hajj or Umra, he used to do Ramal during the first three rounds, and in the last four rounds he used to walk; then after the Tawāf he offered two Rak'ā prayer and then performed Sa'y - Tawāf between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa. رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: When the Prophet ﷺ performed the Tawāf of the Ka'bah, he did Ramal during the first three rounds and in the last four rounds he used to walk and while doing Sa'y - Tawāf between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa, he used to run in the midst of the rain water passage.

Arabic text

١٦١٤ - ١٦١٥ - حَدَّثَنَا أَصْبَغُ، عَنِ ابْنِ وَهْبٍ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرٌو، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ: ذَكَرْتُ لِعُرْوَةَ، قَالَ: فَأَخْبَرَتْنِي عَائِشَةُ ﵂: «أَنَّ أَوَّلَ شَيْءٍ بَدَأَ بِهِ حِينَ قَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ ﷺ أَنَّهُ تَوَضَّأَ، ثُمَّ طَافَ، ثُمَّ لَمْ تَكُنْ عُمْرَةً. ثُمَّ حَجَّ أَبُو بَكْرٍ وَعُمَرُ ﵄: مِثْلَهُ. ثُمَّ حَجَجْتُ مَعَ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ ﵁، فَأَوَّلُ شَيْءٍ بَدَأَ بِهِ الطَّوَافُ. ثُمَّ رَأَيْتُ الْمُهَاجِرِينَ وَالْأَنْصَارَ يَفْعَلُونَهُ. وَقَدْ أَخْبَرَتْنِي أُمِّي: أَنَّهَا أَهَلَّتْ هِيَ وَأُخْتُهَا وَالزُّبَيْرُ، وَفُلَانٌ وَفُلَانٌ، بِعُمْرَةٍ، فَلَمَّا مَسَحُوا الرُّكْنَ حَلُّوا».

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1615

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1615

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1616

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1616. Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Umar L..4 L. i: When Allah's Messenger 40 performed Tawaf of the Ka'bah for Ijajj or 'Umra, he used to do Ramal during the first three rounds, and in the last four rounds he used to walk; then after the Tawaf he offered two Rak'a prayer and then performed Say - Tawaf between As-Safa and Al-Marwa.

Arabic text

1616 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ المُنْذِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو ضَمْرَةَ أَنَسٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا طَافَ فِي الحَجِّ أَوِ العُمْرَةِ، أَوَّلَ مَا يَقْدَمُ سَعَى ثَلاَثَةَ أَطْوَافٍ، وَمَشَى أَرْبَعَةً، ثُمَّ سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ يَطُوفُ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1616

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1616

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1617

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1617. Narrated Ibn 'Umar 4 ii When the Prophet performed the Tawaf of the Ka'bah, he did Ramal during the first three rounds and in the last four rounds he used to walk and while doing Sa ' - Tawaf between As-Safã and Al-Marwa, he used to run in the midst of the rain water passage.

Arabic text

1617 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ المُنْذِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَنَسُ بْنُ عِيَاضٍ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا طَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ الطَّوَافَ الأَوَّلَ، يَخُبُّ ثَلاَثَةَ أَطْوَافٍ، وَيَمْشِي أَرْبَعَةً، وَأَنَّهُ كَانَ يَسْعَى بَطْنَ المَسِيلِ، إِذَا طَافَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1617

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1617

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 64

The Tawāf of women and men.

Hadith 1618

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

١٦١٨. Ibn Jurajj said, "Aṭā informed us that when Ibn Hishām forbade women to perform Tawāf with men he said to him, 'How do you forbid them while the wives of the Prophet ﷺ used to perform Tawāf with the men?' I said, 'Was this before decreeing the use of the veil or after it?' Aṭā took an oath and said, 'I saw it after the order of veil.' I said, 'How did they mix with the men?' ‘Aṭā’ said, ‘The women never mixed with the men, and ‘Āishah رضى الله عنها used to perform Tawāf separately and never mixed with the men(1). (Once it happened that ‘Āishah was performing the Tawāf and a woman said to her, ‘O Mother of believers! Let us touch the Black Stone.’ ‘Āishah said to her, ‘Go yourself,’ and she herself refused to do so. The wives of the Prophet ﷺ used to come out at night, in disguise and used to perform Tawāf with the men. But whenever they intended to enter the Ka’bah, they would stay outside till the men had gone out. I and ‘Ubaid bin ‘Umayr used to visit ‘Āishah while she was residing at Jaf Thabir.’ I asked, “What was her veil?” ‘Aṭā’ said, “She was wearing an old Turkish veil, and that was the only thing (veil) which was a screen between us and her. I saw a pink cover on her.”

Arabic text

1618 - وقَالَ لِي عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ: حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ ، قَالَ: ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَطَاءٌ: إِذْ مَنَعَ ابْنُ هِشَامٍ النِّسَاءَ الطَّوَافَ مَعَ الرِّجَالِ، قَالَ: كَيْفَ يَمْنَعُهُنَّ؟ وَقَدْ طَافَ نِسَاءُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَعَ الرِّجَالِ؟ قُلْتُ: أَبَعْدَ الحِجَابِ أَوْ قَبْلُ؟ قَالَ: إِي لَعَمْرِي، لَقَدْ أَدْرَكْتُهُ بَعْدَ الحِجَابِ، قُلْتُ: كَيْفَ يُخَالِطْنَ الرِّجَالَ؟ قَالَ: لَمْ يَكُنَّ يُخَالِطْنَ، كَانَتْ عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا تَطُوفُ حَجْرَةً مِنَ الرِّجَالِ، لاَ تُخَالِطُهُمْ، فَقَالَتْ امْرَأَةٌ: انْطَلِقِي نَسْتَلِمْ يَا أُمَّ المُؤْمِنِينَ، قَالَتْ: «انْطَلِقِي عَنْكِ»، وَأَبَتْ، يَخْرُجْنَ مُتَنَكِّرَاتٍ بِاللَّيْلِ، فَيَطُفْنَ مَعَ الرِّجَالِ، وَلَكِنَّهُنَّ كُنَّ إِذَا دَخَلْنَ البَيْتَ، قُمْنَ حَتَّى يَدْخُلْنَ، وَأُخْرِجَ الرِّجَالُ، وَكُنْتُ آتِي عَائِشَةَ أَنَا وَعُبَيْدُ بْنُ عُمَيْرٍ، وَهِيَ مُجَاوِرَةٌ فِي جَوْفِ ثَبِيرٍ، قُلْتُ: وَمَا حِجَابُهَا؟ قَالَ: هِيَ فِي قُبَّةٍ تُرْكِيَّةٍ، لَهَا غِشَاءٌ، وَمَا بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَهَا غَيْرُ ذَلِكَ، وَرَأَيْتُ عَلَيْهَا دِرْعًا مُوَرَّدًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1618

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1618

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1619

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1619. Narrated Umm Salama رضى الله عنها, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ: I informed Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ about my sickness. So he said, “Perform the Tawāf while riding behind the people.” I did so, and at that time the Prophet ﷺ was offering Ṣalāt (prayer) beside the Ka’bah and reciting Sūrat Aṭ-Tūr. (1) (Ch. 1618) Men and women used to perform Tawāf at the same time without mixing with each other.

Arabic text

1619 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ نَوْفَلٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنْ زَيْنَبَ بِنْتِ أَبِي سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا - زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - قَالَتْ: شَكَوْتُ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنِّي أَشْتَكِي، فَقَالَ: «طُوفِي مِنْ وَرَاءِ النَّاسِ وَأَنْتِ رَاكِبَةٌ» فَطُفْتُ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حِينَئِذٍ يُصَلِّي إِلَى جَنْبِ البَيْتِ وَهُوَ يَقْرَأُ: " وَالطُّورِ وَكِتَابٍ مَسْطُورٍ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1619

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1619

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 65

The permissibility of talking during the

Hadith 1620

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1620. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: While the Prophet ﷺ was performing Tawāf of the Ka'bah, he passed by a person who had tied his hands to another person with a rope or string or something like that. The Prophet ﷺ cut it with his own hands and said, "Lead him by the hand."

Arabic text

1620 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، أَنَّ ابْنَ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَهُمْ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي سُلَيْمَانُ الأَحْوَلُ، أَنَّ طَاوُسًا، أَخْبَرَهُ عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَّ وَهُوَ يَطُوفُ بِالكَعْبَةِ بِإِنْسَانٍ رَبَطَ يَدَهُ إِلَى إِنْسَانٍ بِسَيْرٍ - أَوْ بِخَيْطٍ أَوْ بِشَيْءٍ غَيْرِ ذَلِكَ -، فَقَطَعَهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِيَدِهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «قُدْهُ بِيَدِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1620

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1620

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 66

Whoever saw a string or something like that during the

Hadith 1621

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1621. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ saw a man performing Tawāf of the Ka'bah tied with a string or something else. So the Prophet ﷺ cut that string.

Arabic text

1621 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ الأَحْوَلِ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأَى رَجُلًا يَطُوفُ بِالكَعْبَةِ بِزِمَامٍ - أَوْ غَيْرِهِ -، فَقَطَعَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1621

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1621

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 67

It is neither permissible for a naked person to perform

Hadith 1622

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1622. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: In the year prior to the last Hajj of the Prophet ﷺ when Allāh's Messenger ﷺ made Abū Bakr the leader of the pilgrims, the latter (Abū Bakr) sent me in the company of a group of people to make a public announcement (proclaiming):, "No Mushrik: [polytheist, pagan, idolater, and disbeliever in the Oneness of Allāh and in His Messenger Muḥammad (ﷺ)] is allowed to perform Hajj after this year, and no naked person is allowed to perform Tawāf of the Ka'bah." (See Hadīth No.369, Vol.1)

Arabic text

1622 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، قَالَ يُونُسُ: قَالَ ابْنُ شِهَابٍ: حَدَّثَنِي حُمَيْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّ أَبَا هُرَيْرَةَ، أَخْبَرَهُ أَنَّ أَبَا بَكْرٍ الصِّدِّيقَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ بَعَثَهُ فِي الحَجَّةِ الَّتِي أَمَّرَهُ عَلَيْهَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَبْلَ حَجَّةِ الوَدَاعِ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ فِي رَهْطٍ يُؤَذِّنُ فِي النَّاسِ «أَلاَ لاَ يَحُجُّ بَعْدَ العَامِ مُشْرِكٌ، وَلاَ يَطُوفُ بِالْبَيْتِ عُرْيَانٌ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1622

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1622

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 68

If one stops during the Tawāf (should he start from the beginning?).

Chapter 69

The Prophet ﷺ offered a two Rak'ā prayer after his seven rounds (of Tawāf of the Ka'bah).

Hadith 1623

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1623. Narrated 'Amr: We asked Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: "Is it permissible for a man to have sexual relations with his wife during the Umra before performing Sa'y - Tawāf between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa?" He said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ arrived (in Makkah) and circumambulated the Ka'bah seven times, then offered two Rak'ā (prayer) behind Maqām-Ibrāhīm (the place of Abraham), then performed Sa'y - Tawāf between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa." Ibn 'Umar added, "Indeed, in the Messenger of Allāh (Muhammad ﷺ) you have a good example to follow." (V.33:21)

Arabic text

1623 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، سَأَلْنَا ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَيَقَعُ الرَّجُلُ عَلَى امْرَأَتِهِ فِي العُمْرَةِ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَطُوفَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ؟ قَالَ: «قَدِمَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَطَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ سَبْعًا، ثُمَّ صَلَّى خَلْفَ المَقَامِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَطَافَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ» وَقَالَ: (لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ إِسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ)،

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1623

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1623

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1624

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1624. And I asked Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا (the same question), and he replied, "You should not go near your wives (have sexual relations) till you have finished Sa'y - Tawāf between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa."

Arabic text

1624 - قَالَ: وَسَأَلْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، فَقَالَ: «لاَ يَقْرَبُ امْرَأَتَهُ حَتَّى يَطُوفَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1624

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1624

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 70

Whoever did not go near the Ka'bah and did not perform Tawāf of the Ka'bah after the first Tawāf performed on entering Makkah till he proceeded to 'Arafāt and returned.

Hadith 1625

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1625. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: The Prophet ﷺ arrived at Makkah and performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah and Sa'y between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa, but he did not go near the Ka'bah after his Tawāf till he returned from 'Arafāt.

Arabic text

1625 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا فُضَيْلٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، أَخْبَرَنِي كُرَيْبٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: «قَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَكَّةَ، فَطَافَ وَسَعَى بَيْنَ الصَّفَا، وَالمَرْوَةِ وَلَمْ يَقْرَبِ الكَعْبَةَ بَعْدَ طَوَافِهِ بِهَا، حَتَّى رَجَعَ مِنْ عَرَفَةَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1625

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1625

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 71

Whoever offered two Rak'ā prayer of Tawāf outside the mosque.

Hadith 1626

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1626. Narrated Umm Salama رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ: I informed Allāh's Messenger ﷺ (about my illness). Through other subnarrators, Umm Salama narrated that when Allāh's Messenger ﷺ was at Makkah and decided to depart (from Makkah) while she had not yet done Tawāf of the Ka'bah (and after listening to her), the Prophet ﷺ said, "When the morning Ṣalāt (prayer) is established, perform the Tawāf on your camel while the people are in Ṣalāt." So she did the same and did not offer the two Rak'ā of Tawāf until she came out of the Mosque.

Arabic text

1626 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ زَيْنَبَ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: شَكَوْتُ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ح وحَدَّثَنِي مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو مَرْوَانَ يَحْيَى بْنُ أَبِي زَكَرِيَّاءَ الغَسَّانِيُّ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ - زَوْجِ النَّبِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ -: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ وَهُوَ بِمَكَّةَ، وَأَرَادَ الخُرُوجَ، وَلَمْ تَكُنْ أُمُّ سَلَمَةَ طَافَتْ بِالْبَيْتِ وَأَرَادَتِ الخُرُوجَ، فَقَالَ لَهَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «إِذَا أُقِيمَتْ صَلاَةُ الصُّبْحِ فَطُوفِي عَلَى بَعِيرِكِ وَالنَّاسُ يُصَلُّونَ». فَفَعَلَتْ ذَلِكَ، فَلَمْ تُصَلِّ حَتَّى خَرَجَتْ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1626

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1626

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 72

Whoever offered the two Rak'ā (prayer) of Tawāf behind Maqām-Ibrāhīm (place of Abraham).

Hadith 1627

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1627. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ reached Makkah, (did the Tawāf) circumambulated the Ka'bah seven times and then offered a two Rak'ā prayer behind Maqām-Ibrāhīm. Then he went towards Aṣ-Ṣafā. Allāh تعالى said, "Indeed, in the Messenger of Allāh (Muhammad ﷺ) you have a good example to follow." (V.33:21)

Arabic text

1627 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ دِينَارٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا يَقُولُ: «قَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَطَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ سَبْعًا، وَصَلَّى خَلْفَ المَقَامِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ إِلَى الصَّفَا» وَقَدْ قَالَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى: {لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ} [الأحزاب: 21]

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1627

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1627

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 73

To perform Tawāf (of the Ka'bah) after the morning and 'Aṣr prayer.

Hadith 1628

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1628. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها : Some people performed Tawāf (of the Ka'bah) after the morning Salāt (prayer) and then sat to listen to a preacher till sunrise, and then they stood up for the Salāt (prayer). Then 'Aishah added, "Those people kept on sitting till it was the time in which the Salāt (prayer) is disliked and after that (when the sun had risen) they stood up for the Salāt (prayer)."

Arabic text

1628 - حَدَّثَنَا الحَسَنُ بْنُ عُمَرَ البَصْرِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنْ حَبِيبٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: أَنَّ نَاسًا طَافُوا بِالْبَيْتِ بَعْدَ صَلاَةِ الصُّبْحِ، ثُمَّ قَعَدُوا إِلَى المُذَكِّرِ، حَتَّى إِذَا طَلَعَتِ الشَّمْسُ قَامُوا يُصَلُّونَ، فَقَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: «قَعَدُوا، حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَتِ السَّاعَةُ الَّتِي تُكْرَهُ فِيهَا الصَّلاَةُ، قَامُوا يُصَلُّونَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1628

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1628

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1629

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1629. Narrated 'Abdullāh رضي الله عنه : I heard the Prophet ﷺ forbidding the offering of Salāt (prayer) at the time of sunrise and sunset.

Arabic text

1629 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ المُنْذِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو ضَمْرَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يَنْهَى عِنِ الصَّلاَةِ عِنْدَ طُلُوعِ الشَّمْسِ، وَعِنْدَ غُرُوبِهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1629

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1629

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1630

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1630. Narrated 'Abida bin Humaid : 'Abdul 'Aziz bin Rufai' said, "I saw 'Abdullāh bin Az-Zubair رضي الله عنهما performing Tawāf of the Ka'bah after the Fajr prayer then offering the two Rak'ā Salāt (prayer)."

Arabic text

1630 - حَدَّثَنِي الحَسَنُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ هُوَ الزَّعْفَرَانِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبِيدَةُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ العَزِيزِ بْنُ رُفَيْعٍ قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ الزُّبَيْرِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا يَطُوفُ بَعْدَ الفَجْرِ وَيُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ، -

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1630

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1630

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1631

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1631. 'Abdul 'Aziz added, "I saw 'Abdullāh bin Az-Zubair offering a two Rak'ā Salāt after the 'Aṣr prayer." He informed me that 'Āishah رضي الله عنها told him that the Prophet ﷺ used to offer those two Rak'ā prayer whenever he entered her house."

Arabic text

1631 - قَالَ عَبْدُ العَزِيزِ: وَرَأَيْتُ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ الزُّبَيْرِ يُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ بَعْدَ العَصْرِ، - وَيُخْبِرُ أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا حَدَّثَتْهُ: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمْ يَدْخُلْ بَيْتَهَا إِلَّا صَلَّاهُمَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1631

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1631

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 74

A sick person may perform Tawāf (of the Ka'bah) while riding.

Hadith 1632

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1632. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ performed Tawāf (of the Ka'bah) riding a camel (at that time the Prophet ﷺ had foot injury). Whenever he came to the Corner (having the Black Stone) he would point out towards it with a thing in his hand and say "Allāhu-Akbar."

Arabic text

1632 - حَدَّثَنِي إِسْحَاقُ الوَاسِطِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ طَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ وَهُوَ عَلَى بَعِيرٍ، كُلَّمَا أَتَى عَلَى الرُّكْنِ أَشَارَ إِلَيْهِ بِشَيْءٍ فِي يَدِهِ، وَكَبَّرَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1632

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1632

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1633

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1633. Narrated Umm Salama رضي الله عنها: I informed Allāh's Messenger ﷺ about my sickness. He said, "Perform Tawāf (of the Ka'bah) while riding behind the people." So, I performed the Tawāf while Allāh's Messenger ﷺ was offering the Salāt (prayer) beside the Ka'bah and was reciting Sūrat Aṭ-Tūr.

Arabic text

1633 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ نَوْفَلٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ زَيْنَبَ ابْنَةِ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ، عَنْ أُمِّ سَلَمَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: شَكَوْتُ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنِّي أَشْتَكِي، فَقَالَ: «طُوفِي مِنْ وَرَاءِ النَّاسِ وَأَنْتِ رَاكِبَةٌ» فَطُفْتُ وَرَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُصَلِّي إِلَى جَنْبِ البَيْتِ، وَهُوَ يَقْرَأُ بِالطُّورِ وَكِتَابٍ مَسْطُورٍ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1633

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1633

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 75

Providing the pilgrims with water to drink.

Hadith 1634

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1634. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: Al-'Abbās bin 'Abdul-Muṭṭalib رضي الله عنه asked the permission of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ to let him stay in Makkah during the nights of Minā (i.e., when one is required to stay in Minā) in order to provide the pilgrims with water to drink, so the Prophet ﷺ permitted him.

Arabic text

1634 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ أَبِي الأَسْوَدِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو ضَمْرَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: اسْتَأْذَنَ العَبَّاسُ بْنُ عَبْدِ المُطَّلِبِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ يَبِيتَ بِمَكَّةَ لَيَالِيَ مِنًى، مِنْ أَجْلِ سِقَايَتِهِ، «فَأَذِنَ لَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1634

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1634

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1635

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1635. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ came to the drinking place and asked for water. Al-'Abbās said, "O Faḍl! Go to your mother and bring water from her for Allāh's Messenger ﷺ." Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, "Give me water to drink." Al-Abbas said, "O Allāh's Messenger! The people put their hands in it." Allāh's Messenger ﷺ again said, "Give me water to drink." So, he drank from that water and then went to the Zamzam (well) and there the people were offering water to the others and working at it (drawing water from the well). The Prophet ﷺ then said to them, "Carry on! You are doing a good deed." Then he said, "Were I not afraid that other people would compete with you (in drawing water from the Zamzam well), I would certainly take the rope and put it over this (i.e., his shoulder) (to draw water)". On saying that the Prophet ﷺ pointed to his shoulder.

Arabic text

1635 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ خَالِدٍ الحَذَّاءِ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ جَاءَ إِلَى السِّقَايَةِ فَاسْتَسْقَى، فَقَالَ العَبَّاسُ: يَا فَضْلُ، اذْهَبْ إِلَى أُمِّكَ فَأْتِ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِشَرَابٍ مِنْ عِنْدِهَا، فَقَالَ: «اسْقِنِي»، قَالَ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّهُمْ يَجْعَلُونَ أَيْدِيَهُمْ فِيهِ، قَالَ: «اسْقِنِي»، فَشَرِبَ مِنْهُ، ثُمَّ أَتَى زَمْزَمَ وَهُمْ يَسْقُونَ وَيَعْمَلُونَ فِيهَا، فَقَالَ: «اعْمَلُوا فَإِنَّكُمْ عَلَى عَمَلٍ صَالِحٍ» ثُمَّ قَالَ: «لَوْلاَ أَنْ تُغْلَبُوا لَنَزَلْتُ، حَتَّى أَضَعَ الحَبْلَ عَلَى هَذِهِ» يَعْنِي: عَاتِقَهُ، وَأَشَارَ إِلَى عَاتِقِهِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1635

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1635

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 76

What is said about Zamzam (water).

Hadith 1636

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1636. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said: "The roof of my house was made open while I was at Makkah (on the night of Mī'rāj) and Jibrīl (Gabriel) عليه السلام descended. He opened up my chest and washed it with the water of Zamzam. Then he brought a golden tray full of Wisdom and Belief and poured it in my chest and then closed it. Then he took hold of my hand and ascended to the nearest heaven. Jibril told the gatekeeper of the nearest heaven to open the gate. The gatekeeper asked, "Who is it?" Jibril replied, "I am Jibril." (See Hadith No. 349, Vol. 1)

Arabic text

1636 - وَقَالَ عَبْدَانُ: أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، أَخْبَرَنَا يُونُسُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ أَنَسُ بْنُ مَالِكٍ: كَانَ أَبُو ذَرٍّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، يُحَدِّثُ أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: " فُرِجَ سَقْفِي وَأَنَا بِمَكَّةَ، فَنَزَلَ جِبْرِيلُ عَلَيْهِ السَّلاَمُ، فَفَرَجَ صَدْرِي ثُمَّ غَسَلَهُ بِمَاءِ زَمْزَمَ، ثُمَّ جَاءَ بِطَسْتٍ مِنْ ذَهَبٍ، مُمْتَلِئٍ حِكْمَةً وَإِيمَانًا، فَأَفْرَغَهَا فِي صَدْرِي ثُمَّ أَطْبَقَهُ، ثُمَّ أَخَذَ بِيَدِي فَعَرَجَ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ الدُّنْيَا، قَالَ جِبْرِيلُ لِخَازِنِ السَّمَاءِ الدُّنْيَا: افْتَحْ قَالَ: مَنْ هَذَا؟ قَالَ: جِبْرِيلُ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1636

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1636

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1637

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1637. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما I gave Zamzam (water) to Allāh's Messenger ﷺ and he drank it while standing. 'Aṣim (a subnarrator) said that 'Ikrīma took the oath that on that day the Prophet ﷺ had not been standing but riding a camel.

Arabic text

1637 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدٌ هُوَ ابْنُ سَلاَمٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا الفَزَارِيُّ، عَنْ عَاصِمٍ، عَنِ الشَّعْبِيِّ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا حَدَّثَهُ قَالَ: «سَقَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ زَمْزَمَ، فَشَرِبَ وَهُوَ قَائِمٌ» قَالَ عَاصِمٌ: فَحَلَفَ عِكْرِمَةُ مَا كَانَ يَوْمَئِذٍ إِلَّا عَلَى بَعِيرٍ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1637

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1637

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 77

The Tawāf of a Al-Qārīn (one who performs Hajj-al-Qirān).

Hadith 1638

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1638. Narrated 'Aīshah رضي الله عنها We set out with Allāh's Messenger ﷺ in the year of his last Hajj and we intended (the Ihram) for Umra. Then the Prophet ﷺ said, "Whoever has a Hady with him should assume Ihram for both Hajj and Umra, and should not finish it till he performs both of them (Hajj and Umra)." When we reached Makkah, I got my menses. When we had performed our Hajj, the Prophet ﷺ sent me with 'Abdur-Raḥmān to Tan'im and I performed the Umra. The Prophet ﷺ said, "This is in lieu of your missed Umra." Those who had assumed Ihram for Umra performed Tawāf [Sa'y (going) between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa] and then finished their Ihram. And then they performed another Tawāf [Sa'y (going) (between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa)] after returning from Mina. And those who had assumed Iḥrām for Hajj and Umra together (Hajj-al-Qirān) performed only one Tawāf [Sa'y (going) (between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa)].

Arabic text

1638 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي حَجَّةِ الوَدَاعِ، فَأَهْلَلْنَا بِعُمْرَةٍ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «مَنْ كَانَ مَعَهُ هَدْيٌ فَلْيُهِلَّ بِالحَجِّ وَالعُمْرَةِ، ثُمَّ لاَ يَحِلُّ حَتَّى يَحِلَّ مِنْهُمَا»، فَقَدِمْتُ مَكَّةَ وَأَنَا حَائِضٌ، فَلَمَّا قَضَيْنَا حَجَّنَا، أَرْسَلَنِي مَعَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ إِلَى التَّنْعِيمِ فَاعْتَمَرْتُ، فَقَالَ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «هَذِهِ مَكَانَ عُمْرَتِكِ»، فَطَافَ الَّذِينَ أَهَلُّوا بِالعُمْرَةِ، ثُمَّ حَلُّوا، ثُمَّ طَافُوا طَوَافًا آخَرَ، بَعْدَ أَنْ رَجَعُوا مِنْ مِنًى، وَأَمَّا الَّذِينَ جَمَعُوا بَيْنَ الحَجِّ وَالعُمْرَةِ، فَإِنَّمَا طَافُوا طَوَافًا وَاحِدًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1638

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1638

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1639

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1639. Narrated Nāfi': 'Abdullāh bin 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar and his riding animal entered the house of Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما. He (the son of Ibn 'Umar) said, "I fear that this year a battle might take place between the people, and you (Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما) might be prevented from going to the Ka'bah. I suggest that you should stay here." Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما said, "Once Allāh's Messenger ﷺ set out (for the pilgrimage), and the Mushrikūn of Quraish intervened between him and the Ka'bah. So, if the people intervened between me and the Ka'bah, I would do the same as Allāh's Messenger ﷺ had done..." "Indeed in the Messenger of Allah (Muhammad ﷺ) you have a good example to follow." Then he added, "I make you a witness that I have intended to perform Hajj along with Umra." After arriving at Makkah, Ibn 'Umar performed one Tawāf - Sa'y only (between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa) for both (Hajj and Umra — i.e. Hajj-al-Qirān).

Arabic text

1639 - حَدَّثَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عُلَيَّةَ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا دَخَلَ ابْنُهُ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ وَظَهْرُهُ فِي الدَّارِ، فَقَالَ: إِنِّي لاَ آمَنُ أَنْ يَكُونَ العَامَ بَيْنَ النَّاسِ قِتَالٌ فَيَصُدُّوكَ عَنِ البَيْتِ فَلَوْ أَقَمْتَ، فَقَالَ: «قَدْ خَرَجَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَحَالَ كُفَّارُ قُرَيْشٍ بَيْنهُ وَبَيْنَ البَيْتِ ، فَإِنْ حِيلَ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَهُ أَفْعَلُ كَمَا فَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ (لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ إِسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ)» ثُمَّ قَالَ: «أُشْهِدُكُمْ أَنِّي قَدْ أَوْجَبْتُ مَعَ عُمْرَتِي حَجًّا»، قَالَ: ثُمَّ قَدِمَ، فَطَافَ لَهُمَا طَوَافًا وَاحِدًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1639

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1639

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1640

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1640. Narrated Nāfi': Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما intended to perform Hajj in the year when Al-Ḥajjāj attacked Ibn Az-Zubair. Somebody said to Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما, "There is a danger of an impending battle between them." Ibn 'Umar said, "Verily, in Allāh's Messenger ﷺ you have a good example to follow." "And if it happened as you say) then I would do the same as Allāh's Messenger ﷺ had done. I make you witness that I have decided to perform 'Umra.' Then he set out and when he reached Al-Baidā', he said, "The ceremonies of both Hajj and 'Umra are one and the same. I make you witness that I have made Hajj compulsory for me along with 'Umra." He drove (to Makkah) a Hady which he had bought from (a place called) Qudaid and did not do more than that. He did not slaughter the Hady or finish his Iḥrām, or shave or cut short his hair till the day of slaughtering the sacrifices (10th Dhul-Hijjah). Then he slaughtered his Hady and shaved his head and considered the first Tawāf - Sa'y (of Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa) as sufficient for Hajj and 'Umra. Ibn 'Umar said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ did the same."

Arabic text

1640 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا أَرَادَ الحَجَّ عَامَ نَزَلَ الحَجَّاجُ بِابْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: إِنَّ النَّاسَ كَائِنٌ بَيْنَهُمْ قِتَالٌ، وَإِنَّا نَخَافُ أَنْ يَصُدُّوكَ، فَقَالَ: (لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ إِسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ) إِذًا " أَصْنَعَ كَمَا صَنَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، إِنِّي أُشْهِدُكُمْ أَنِّي قَدْ أَوْجَبْتُ عُمْرَةً، ثُمَّ خَرَجَ، حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ بِظَاهِرِ البَيْدَاءِ، قَالَ: مَا شَأْنُ الحَجِّ وَالعُمْرَةِ إِلَّا وَاحِدٌ، أُشْهِدُكُمْ أَنِّي قَدْ أَوْجَبْتُ حَجًّا مَعَ عُمْرَتِي، وَأَهْدَى هَدْيًا اشْتَرَاهُ بِقُدَيْدٍ، وَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى ذَلِكَ، فَلَمْ يَنْحَرْ، وَلَمْ يَحِلَّ مِنْ شَيْءٍ حَرُمَ مِنْهُ، وَلَمْ يَحْلِقْ وَلَمْ يُقَصِّرْ، حَتَّى كَانَ يَوْمُ النَّحْرِ، فَنَحَرَ وَحَلَقَ، وَرَأَى أَنْ قَدْ قَضَى طَوَافَ الحَجِّ وَالعُمْرَةِ بِطَوَافِهِ الأَوَّلِ " وَقَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: كَذَلِكَ فَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1640

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1640

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 78

Tawāf with ablution.

Hadith 1641

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1641. Narrated Muḥammad bin 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Naufal Al-Qurashī: I asked 'Urwa bin Az-Zubair رضي الله عنهما (regarding the Hajj of the Prophet ﷺ). 'Urwa replied, "Āishah رضي الله عنها informed me that when the Prophet ﷺ reached Makkah, the first thing he started with was the ablution, then he performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah, and his intention was not 'Umra alone (but Hajj and 'Umra together'). Later Abū Bakr رضي الله عنه performed the Hajj and the first thing he started with was Tawāf of the Ka'bah and it was not 'Umra alone (but Hajj and 'Umra together) and then 'Umar did the same. Then 'Uthmān performed the Hajj and the first thing he started with was Tawāf of the Ka'bah and it was not 'Umra alone. And then Mu'āwiya and 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar did the same. Then I performed Hajj with my father Az-Zubair bin Al-Awwām and the first thing he started with was Tawāf of the Ka'bah and it was not Umra alone (but Hajj and Umra together). Then I saw Al-Muhājirīn (emigrants) and the Anṣār doing the same and it was not Umra alone. And the last person I saw doing the same was Ibn 'Umar, and he did not do another Umra after finishing the first. Now here is Ibn 'Umar present amongst the people! They neither ask him nor anyone of the previous ones. And all these people, on entering Makkah, would not start with anything unless they had performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah, and would not finish their Ihrām. And no doubt, I saw my mother and my aunt, on entering Makkah doing nothing before performing Tawāf of the Ka'bah, and they would not finish their Ihrām."

Arabic text

1641 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ عِيسَى، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ الحَارِثِ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ نَوْفَلٍ القُرَشِيِّ، أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ عُرْوَةَ بْنَ الزُّبَيْرِ فَقَالَ: قَدْ حَجَّ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَخْبَرَتْنِي عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: «أَنَّهُ أَوَّلُ شَيْءٍ بَدَأَ بِهِ حِينَ قَدِمَ أَنَّهُ تَوَضَّأَ، ثُمَّ طَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ، ثُمَّ لَمْ تَكُنْ عُمْرَةً» ثُمَّ حَجَّ أَبُو بَكْرٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ فَكَانَ أَوَّلَ شَيْءٍ بَدَأَ بِهِ الطَّوَافُ بِالْبَيْتِ، ثُمَّ لَمْ تَكُنْ عُمْرَةً ثُمَّ عُمَرُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ مِثْلُ ذَلِكَ ثُمَّ حَجَّ عُثْمَانُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فَرَأَيْتُهُ أَوَّلُ شَيْءٍ بَدَأَ بِهِ الطَّوَافُ بِالْبَيْتِ ثُمَّ لَمْ تَكُنْ عُمْرَةً ثُمَّ مُعَاوِيَةُ، وَعَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، ثُمَّ حَجَجْتُ مَعَ أَبِي الزُّبَيْرِ بْنِ العَوَّامِ فَكَانَ أَوَّلَ شَيْءٍ بَدَأَ بِهِ الطَّوَافُ بِالْبَيْتِ، ثُمَّ لَمْ تَكُنْ عُمْرَةً ثُمَّ رَأَيْتُ المُهَاجِرِينَ وَالأَنْصَارَ يَفْعَلُونَ ذَلِكَ، ثُمَّ لَمْ تَكُنْ عُمْرَةً، ثُمَّ آخِرُ مَنْ رَأَيْتُ فَعَلَ ذَلِكَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ، ثُمَّ لَمْ يَنْقُضْهَا عُمْرَةً، وَهَذَا ابْنُ عُمَرَ عِنْدَهُمْ فَلاَ يَسْأَلُونَهُ، وَلاَ أَحَدٌ مِمَّنْ مَضَى، مَا كَانُوا يَبْدَءُونَ بِشَيْءٍ حَتَّى يَضَعُوا أَقْدَامَهُمْ مِنَ الطَّوَافِ بِالْبَيْتِ، ثُمَّ لاَ يَحِلُّونَ وَقَدْ رَأَيْتُ أُمِّي وَخَالَتِي حِينَ تَقْدَمَانِ، لاَ تَبْتَدِئَانِ بِشَيْءٍ أَوَّلَ مِنَ البَيْتِ، تَطُوفَانِ بِهِ، ثُمَّ إِنَّهُمَا لاَ تَحِلَّانِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1641

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1641

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1642

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1642. "And my mother informed me that she, her sister, Az-Zubair and such and such persons had assumed Ihrām for Umra and after passing their hands over the Corner (the Black Stone) (i.e. finishing their Umra) they finished their Ihrām."

Arabic text

1642 - وَقَدْ أَخْبَرَتْنِي أُمِّي: أَنَّهَا أَهَلَّتْ هِيَ وَأُخْتُهَا وَالزُّبَيْرُ وَفُلاَنٌ وَفُلاَنٌ، بِعُمْرَةٍ، فَلَمَّا مَسَحُوا الرُّكْنَ حَلُّوا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1642

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1642

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 79

The Tawāf (Sā'y) between Aṣ-Ṣafa and Al-Marwa is compulsory and is one of the Symbols of Allāh.

Hadith 1643

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1643. Narrated 'Urwa: I asked 'Āishah رضي الله عنها "How do you interpret the Statement of Allāh 'Verily! Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa (two mountains in Makkah) are of the Symbols of Allāh. So it is not a sin on him who performs Hajj or Umra (pilgrimage) of the House (the Ka'bah at Makkah) to perform the going (Tawāf) between them (Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa).' (V.2:158). By Allāh! (It is evident from this revelation) there is no harm if one does not perform Tawāf between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa.’ ‘Aīshah said, “O, my nephew! Your interpretation is not true. Had this interpretation of yours been correct, the Statement of Allāh should have been: It is not a sin on him if he does not perform Tawāf – Sā’y (going) between them.’ But in fact, this Divine Revelation was revealed concerning the Anṣār who used to assume Iḥrām for worshipping an idol called Manāt which they used to worship at a place called Al-Mushallal before they embraced Islām, and whoever assumed Iḥrām (for the idol), would consider it not right to perform Tawāf – Sā’y (going) between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa. When they embraced Islām, they asked Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ regarding it, saying, ‘O Allāh’s Messenger! We used to refrain from Tawāf – Sā’y (going) between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa.’ So Allāh revealed: ‘Verily! Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa (two mountains in Makkah) are of the Symbols of Allāh’.’ ‘Aīshah رضي الله عنها added, “Surely, Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ set Aṣ-Ṣunna (legal way) of Tawāf – Sā’y (going) between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa, so nobody is allowed to omit the Tawāf – Sā’y (going) between them.” Later on I (‘Urwa) told Abū Bakr bin ‘Abdur-Raḥmān (of ‘Aīshah’s narration) and he said, “I have not heard of such information, but I heard learned men saying that all the people, (except those whom ‘Aīshah mentioned and who used to assume Iḥrām for the sake of Manāt) used to perform Tawāf between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa. When Allāh تعالى referred to the Tawāf of the Ka’bah and did not mention Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa in the Qur’ān, the people asked, ‘O Allāh’s Messenger! We used to perform Tawāf – Sā’y (going) between Aṣ- Šafā and Al-Marwa and Allāh has revealed (the Verses concerning) Tawāf of the Ka'bah and has not mentioned Aš-Šafā and Al-Marwa. Is there any sin if we perform Tawāf - Sā'y (going) between Aš-Šafā and Al-Marwa? So Allāh revealed: 'Verily! Aš-Šafā and Al-Marwa (two mountains at Makkah) are of the Symbols of Allāh.' Abū Bakr said, "It seems that this Verse was revealed concerning the two groups, those who used to refrain from Tawāf - Sā'y (going) between Aš-Šafā and Al-Marwa in the Pre-Islāmic Period of Ignorance and those who used to perform the Tawāf - Sā'y (going) them, and after embracing Islām they refrained from the Tawāf between them as Allāh had enjoined Tawāf of the Ka'bah and did not mention Tawāf - Sā'y (going) (of Aš-Šafā and Al-Marwa) till later Allāh did mention it after mentioning the Tawāf of the Ka'bah."

Arabic text

1643 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ ، أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، قَالَ عُرْوَةُ: سَأَلْتُ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا فَقُلْتُ لَهَا: أَرَأَيْتِ قَوْلَ اللَّهِ تَعَالَى: {إِنَّ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةَ مِنْ شَعَائِرِ اللَّهِ فَمَنْ حَجَّ البَيْتَ أَوِ اعْتَمَرَ فَلاَ جُنَاحَ عَلَيْهِ أَنْ يَطَّوَّفَ بِهِمَا} [البقرة: 158]، فَوَاللَّهِ مَا عَلَى أَحَدٍ جُنَاحٌ أَنْ لاَ يَطُوفَ بِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، قَالَتْ: بِئْسَ مَا قُلْتَ يَا ابْنَ أُخْتِي، إِنَّ هَذِهِ لَوْ كَانَتْ كَمَا أَوَّلْتَهَا عَلَيْهِ، كَانَتْ: لاَ جُنَاحَ عَلَيْهِ أَنْ لاَ يَتَطَوَّفَ بِهِمَا، وَلَكِنَّهَا أُنْزِلَتْ فِي الأَنْصَارِ، كَانُوا قَبْلَ أَنْ يُسْلِمُوا يُهِلُّونَ لِمَنَاةَ الطَّاغِيَةِ، الَّتِي كَانُوا يَعْبُدُونَهَا عِنْدَ المُشَلَّلِ، فَكَانَ مَنْ أَهَلَّ يَتَحَرَّجُ أَنْ يَطُوفَ بِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، فَلَمَّا أَسْلَمُوا، سَأَلُوا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ ذَلِكَ، قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، إِنَّا كُنَّا نَتَحَرَّجُ أَنْ نَطُوفَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى: {إِنَّ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةَ مِنْ شَعَائِرِ اللَّهِ} [البقرة: 158]. الآيَةَ قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: «وَقَدْ سَنَّ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الطَّوَافَ بَيْنَهُمَا، فَلَيْسَ لِأَحَدٍ أَنْ يَتْرُكَ الطَّوَافَ بَيْنَهُمَا»، ثُمَّ أَخْبَرْتُ أَبَا بَكْرِ بْنَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ فَقَالَ: إِنَّ هَذَا لَعِلْمٌ مَا كُنْتُ سَمِعْتُهُ، وَلَقَدْ سَمِعْتُ رِجَالًا مِنْ أَهْلِ العِلْمِ يَذْكُرُونَ: أَنَّ النَّاسَ، - إِلَّا مَنْ ذَكَرَتْ عَائِشَةُ - مِمَّنْ كَانَ يُهِلُّ بِمَنَاةَ، كَانُوا يَطُوفُونَ كُلُّهُمْ بِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، فَلَمَّا ذَكَرَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى الطَّوَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرِ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةَ فِي القُرْآنِ، قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، كُنَّا نَطُوفُ بِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ وَإِنَّ اللَّهَ أَنْزَلَ الطَّوَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ فَلَمْ يَذْكُرِ الصَّفَا، فَهَلْ عَلَيْنَا مِنْ حَرَجٍ أَنْ نَطَّوَّفَ بِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ؟ فَأَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ تَعَالَى: {إِنَّ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةَ مِنْ شَعَائِرِ اللَّهِ} [البقرة: 158] الآيَةَ قَالَ أَبُو بَكْرٍ: «فَأَسْمَعُ هَذِهِ الآيَةَ نَزَلَتْ فِي الفَرِيقَيْنِ كِلَيْهِمَا، فِي الَّذِينَ كَانُوا يَتَحَرَّجُونَ أَنْ يَطُوفُوا بِالْجَاهِلِيَّةِ بِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، وَالَّذِينَ يَطُوفُونَ ثُمَّ تَحَرَّجُوا أَنْ يَطُوفُوا بِهِمَا فِي الإِسْلاَمِ، مِنْ أَجْلِ أَنَّ اللَّهَ تَعَالَى أَمَرَ بِالطَّوَافِ بِالْبَيْتِ، وَلَمْ يَذْكُرِ الصَّفَا، حَتَّى ذَكَرَ ذَلِكَ، بَعْدَ مَا ذَكَرَ الطَّوَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1643

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1643

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 80

What is said about Sā'y between Aš-Šafā and Al-Marwa.

Hadith 1644

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1644. Narrated Nāfi': Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما said, "When Allāh's Messenger ﷺ performed the first Tawāf, he did Ramal in the first three rounds and then walked in the remaining four rounds (of Tawāf of the Ka'bah), whereas in performing Tawāf - Sā'y (going) between Aš-Šafā and Al-Marwa he used to run in the midst of the rain-water passage." I asked Nāfi', "Did 'Abdullāh (bin 'Umar) use to pass by on reaching the Yemenite Corner?" He replied, "No, unless people were crowded at the Corner; otherwise he would not leave it without touching it."

Arabic text

1644 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ يُونُسَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ إِذَا طَافَ الطَّوَافَ الأَوَّلَ خَبَّ ثَلاَثًا وَمَشَى أَرْبَعًا، وَكَانَ يَسْعَى بَطْنَ المَسِيلِ إِذَا طَافَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، فَقُلْتُ لِنَافِعٍ: أَكَانَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ يَمْشِي إِذَا بَلَغَ الرُّكْنَ اليَمَانِيَ؟ قَالَ: «لاَ، إِلَّا أَنْ يُزَاحَمَ عَلَى الرُّكْنِ، فَإِنَّهُ كَانَ لاَ يَدَعُهُ حَتَّى يَسْتَلِمَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1644

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1644

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1645

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1645. Narrated 'Amr bin Dīnār: We asked Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا whether a man who, while performing 'Umra, had performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah; and had not yet performed Tawāf - [Sā'y (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa, could have sexual relation with his wife. Ibn 'Umar replied, "The Prophet ﷺ reached Makkah and performed the seven rounds (of Tawāf) of the Ka'bah and then offered a two Rak'ā prayer behind Maqām-Ibrāhīm and then performed the Tawāf [Sā'y (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa." He added, "Verily! In Allāh's Messenger ﷺ you have a good example.(to follow)."

Arabic text

1645 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْنَا ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: عَنْ رَجُلٍ طَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ فِي عُمْرَةٍ، وَلَمْ يَطُفْ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ أَيَأْتِي امْرَأَتَهُ؟ فَقَالَ: «قَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَطَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ سَبْعًا، وَصَلَّى خَلْفَ المَقَامِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَطَافَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ سَبْعًا»: {لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ} [الأحزاب: 21]،

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1645

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1645

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1646

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1646. We asked Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا (the same question) and he said, "He (that man) should not come near (his wife) till he has completed Tawāf - [Sā'y (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa."

Arabic text

1646 - وَسَأَلْنَا جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا فَقَالَ: «لاَ يَقْرَبَنَّهَا حَتَّى يَطُوفَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1646

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1646

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1647

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1647. Narrated 'Amr bin Dīnār: I heard Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا saying, "The Prophet ﷺ arrived at Makkah and performed Tawāf - [Sā'y (going)] of the Ka'bah and then offered a two Rak'ā prayer and then performed Tawāf - [Sā'y (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa." Ibn 'Umar then recited (the Verse): "Indeed! in the Messenger of Allāh ﷺ you have a good example to follow..." (V.33:21)

Arabic text

1647 - حَدَّثَنَا المَكِّيُّ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ دِينَارٍ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: «قَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَكَّةَ فَطَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَعَى بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ»، ثُمَّ تَلاَ: (لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ إِسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ)

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1647

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1647

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1648

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1648. Narrated 'Āṣim: I asked Anas bin Mālik رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ "Did you use to dislike to perform Tawāf – [Sa'y (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa?" He said, "Yes, as it was of the ceremonies of the days of the Pre-Islamic Period of Ignorance, till Allāh revealed: 'Verily! Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa (two mountains in Makkah) are of the Symbols of Allāh. So it is not a sin on him who performs Hajj or Umra (pilgrimage) of the House (the Ka'bah at Makkah) to perform the going (Tawāf) between them (Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa)...'" (V.2:158)

Arabic text

1648 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَاصِمٌ قَالَ: قُلْتُ لِأَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَكُنْتُمْ تَكْرَهُونَ السَّعْيَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ لِأَنَّهَا كَانَتْ مِنْ شَعَائِرِ الجَاهِلِيَّةِ حَتَّى أَنْزَلَ اللَّهُ»: {إِنَّ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةَ مِنْ شَعَائِرِ اللَّهِ فَمَنْ حَجَّ البَيْتَ أَوِ اعْتَمَرَ فَلاَ جُنَاحَ عَلَيْهِ أَنْ يَطَّوَّفَ بِهِمَا} [البقرة: 158]

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1648

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1648

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1649

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1649. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ performed Sa'y of the Ka'bah and the Sa'y of Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa so as to show his strength to the Al-Mushrikūn(1).

Arabic text

1649 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ دِينَارٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: «إِنَّمَا سَعَى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالْبَيْتِ وَبَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، لِيُرِيَ المُشْرِكِينَ قُوَّتَهُ» زَادَ الحُمَيْدِيُّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرٌو، سَمِعْتُ عَطَاءً، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ مِثْلَهُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1649

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1649

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 81

A menstruating woman can perform all the ceremonies of Hajj except Tawāf of the Ka'bah. (What is said) regarding the performance of Tawāf – [Sa'y (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa without ablution?

Hadith 1650

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1650. Narrated 'Aishah رضي الله عنها: I was menstruating when I reached Makkah. So, I neither performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah, nor the Tawāf – [Sa'y (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa. Then I informed Allāh's Messenger ﷺ about it. He replied, "Perform all the ceremonies of Hajj like the (1) Al-Mushrikūn: Polytheists, pagans, idolaters, and disbelievers in the Oneness of Allāh and in His Messenger Muhammad (ﷺ). other pilgrims, but do not perform Tawāf of the Ka'bah till you get clean (from your menses)."

Arabic text

1650 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ القَاسِمِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: قَدِمْتُ مَكَّةَ وَأَنَا حَائِضٌ، وَلَمْ أَطُفْ بِالْبَيْتِ وَلاَ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ قَالَتْ: فَشَكَوْتُ ذَلِكَ إِلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَالَ: «افْعَلِي كَمَا يَفْعَلُ الحَاجُّ غَيْرَ أَنْ لاَ تَطُوفِي بِالْبَيْتِ حَتَّى تَطْهُرِي»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1650

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1650

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1651

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ 1651. Narrated Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ and his Companions assumed Ihrām for Hajj and none except the Prophet ﷺ and Ṭalḥa had the Hady (sacrifice) with them. 'Alī arrived from Yemen and had a Hady with him. 'Alī said, "I have assumed Ihrām with the same (intention) as that of the Prophet ﷺ." The Prophet ﷺ ordered his Companions to perform the Umra with the Ihrām which they had assumed, and after finishing Tawāf (of Ka'bah), and [Sā'y (going)]. Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa to cut short their head-hair, and to finish their Ihrām except those who had Hady with them. They (the people) said, "How can we proceed to Mina (for Hajj) after having sexual relations with our wives?" When that news reached the Prophet ﷺ he said, "If I had formerly known what I came to know lately, I would not have brought the Hady with me. Had there been no Hady with me, I would have finished the state of Ihrām." 'Aishah got her menses, so she performed all the ceremonies of Hajj except Tawāf of the Ka'bah, and when she got clean (from her menses), she performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah. She said, "O Allāh's Messenger! (All of you) are returning with the Hajj and Umra, but I am returning with Hajj only." So the Prophet ﷺ ordered 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Abū Bakr to accompany her to Tan'īm and thus she performed the Umra after the Hajj.

Arabic text

1651 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ المُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَهَّابِ، قَالَ: ح وَقَالَ لِي خَلِيفَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَهَّابِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَبِيبٌ المُعَلِّمُ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ جَابِرِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: أَهَلَّ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ هُوَ وَأَصْحَابُهُ بِالحَجِّ، وَلَيْسَ مَعَ أَحَدٍ مِنْهُمْ هَدْيٌ غَيْرَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَطَلْحَةَ، وَقَدِمَ عَلِيٌّ مِنَ اليَمَنِ وَمَعَهُ هَدْيٌ ، فَقَالَ: أَهْلَلْتُ بِمَا أَهَلَّ بِهِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَمَرَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَصْحَابَهُ أَنْ يَجْعَلُوهَا عُمْرَةً، وَيَطُوفُوا ثُمَّ يُقَصِّرُوا وَيَحِلُّوا إِلَّا مَنْ كَانَ مَعَهُ الهَدْيُ، فَقَالُوا: نَنْطَلِقُ إِلَى مِنًى وَذَكَرُ أَحَدِنَا يَقْطُرُ، فَبَلَغَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «لَوِ اسْتَقْبَلْتُ مِنْ أَمْرِي مَا اسْتَدْبَرْتُ مَا أَهْدَيْتُ، وَلَوْلاَ أَنَّ مَعِي الهَدْيَ لَأَحْلَلْتُ»، وَحَاضَتْ عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا فَنَسَكَتْ المَنَاسِكَ كُلَّهَا، غَيْرَ أَنَّهَا لَمْ تَطُفْ بِالْبَيْتِ، فَلَمَّا طَهُرَتْ طَافَتْ بِالْبَيْتِ، قَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، تَنْطَلِقُونَ بِحَجَّةٍ وَعُمْرَةٍ وَأَنْطَلِقُ بِحَجٍّ؟ فَأَمَرَ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ أَنْ يَخْرُجَ مَعَهَا إِلَى التَّنْعِيمِ، فَاعْتَمَرَتْ بَعْدَ الحَجِّ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1651

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1651

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1652

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1652. Narrated Ḥafṣa (رضي الله عنها): (On the days of 'Eid) we used to forbid our virgins to go out (for 'Eid prayers). A lady came and stayed at the palace of Bani Khalaf. She mentioned that her sister was married to one of the Companions of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ who participated in twelve Ghazawat(1) along with Allāh's Messenger ﷺ and her sister was with him in six of them. She said, "We used to apply dressing to the wounded and look after the sick." She (her sister) asked Allāh's Messenger ﷺ, "Is there any harm for a woman to stay at home if she doesn't have a veil?" He said, "She should cover herself with the veil of her companion and she should take part in the good deeds and in the religious gatherings of the believers." When Umm 'Aṭiyya (رضي الله عنها) came, I asked her, "Did you hear anything about that?" Umm 'Aṭiyya said, "Bi abī," and she never mentioned the name of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ without saying "Bi abī" (i.e., 'Let my father be sacrificed for you'). We asked her, "Have you heard Allāh's Messenger ﷺ saying so-and-so (about women)?" She replied in the affirmative and said, "Let my father be sacrificed for him. He told us that unmarried mature virgins who stay often screened, or unmarried young virgins and mature girls who stay often screened should come out and take part in the good deeds and in the religious gatherings of the believers. But the menstruating women should keep away from the Muṣallā (a place for offering Ṣalāt — prayers)." I asked her, "The menstruating women?" She replied, "Don't they present themselves at 'Arafāt and at such and such places?"

Arabic text

1652 - حَدَّثَنَا مُؤَمَّلُ بْنُ هِشَامٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ حَفْصَةَ قَالَتْ: كُنَّا نَمْنَعُ عَوَاتِقَنَا أَنْ يَخْرُجْنَ، فَقَدِمَتِ امْرَأَةٌ فَنَزَلَتْ قَصْرَ بَنِي خَلَفٍ، فَحَدَّثَتْ أَنَّ أُخْتَهَا كَانَتْ تَحْتَ رَجُلٍ مِنْ أَصْحَابِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، قَدْ غَزَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ثِنْتَيْ عَشْرَةَ غَزْوَةً، وَكَانَتْ أُخْتِي مَعَهُ فِي سِتِّ غَزَوَاتٍ، قَالَتْ: كُنَّا نُدَاوِي الكَلْمَى، وَنَقُومُ عَلَى المَرْضَى، فَسَأَلَتْ أُخْتِي رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَتْ: هَلْ عَلَى إِحْدَانَا بَأْسٌ إِنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ لَهَا جِلْبَابٌ أَنْ لاَ تَخْرُجَ، قَالَ: «لِتُلْبِسْهَا صَاحِبَتُهَا مِنْ جِلْبَابِهَا، وَلْتَشْهَدِ الخَيْرَ وَدَعْوَةَ المُؤْمِنِينَ» فَلَمَّا قَدِمَتْ أُمُّ عَطِيَّةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا سَأَلْنَهَا، - أَوْ قَالَتْ: سَأَلْنَاهَا -، فَقَالَتْ: وَكَانَتْ لاَ تَذْكُرُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَبَدًا إِلَّا قَالَتْ: بِأَبِي، فَقُلْنَا أَسَمِعْتِ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: كَذَا وَكَذَا، قَالَتْ: نَعَمْ بِأَبِي فَقَالَ: «لِتَخْرُجِ العَوَاتِقُ ذَوَاتُ الخُدُورِ - أَوِ العَوَاتِقُ وَذَوَاتُ الخُدُورِ -، وَالحُيَّضُ فَيَشْهَدْنَ الخَيْرَ وَدَعْوَةَ المُسْلِمِينَ، وَيَعْتَزِلُ الحُيَّضُ المُصَلَّى» فَقُلْتُ: أَلْحَائِضُ؟ فَقَالَتْ: أَوَلَيْسَ تَشْهَدُ عَرَفَةَ، وَتَشْهَدُ كَذَا وَتَشْهَدُ كَذَا

Footnotes

1 (1) (H. 1652) Holy battles, with the army led by the Prophet ﷺ.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1652

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1652

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 82

Assuming Ihrām from Al-Baṭḥā' and other places by those living in Makkah and by the pilgrims on departing for Mina.

Chapter 83

Where to offer the Zuhr prayer on the day of Tarwīya (8th day of Dhul-Hijjah).

Hadith 1653

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1653. Narrated 'Abdul 'Azīz bin Rufa'ī: I asked Anas bin Mālik رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: "Tell me what you remember from Allāh's Messenger ﷺ (regarding these questions): Where did he offer the Zuhr and 'Aṣr prayer on the day of Tarwīya (8th of Dhul-Hajjah)?" He relied, "(He offered these prayers) at Mina." I asked, "Where did he offer the 'Aṣr prayer on the day of Nafr (i.e., departure from Mina on the 12th or 13th of Dhul-Hijjah)?" He replied, "At Al-Abṭāh," and then added, "You should do as your chiefs do."

Arabic text

1653 - حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ الأَزْرَقُ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ العَزِيزِ بْنِ رُفَيْعٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قُلْتُ: أَخْبِرْنِي بِشَيْءٍ عَقَلْتَهُ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، " أَيْنَ صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ وَالعَصْرَ يَوْمَ التَّرْوِيَةِ؟ قَالَ: بِمِنًى "، قُلْتُ: " فَأَيْنَ صَلَّى العَصْرَ يَوْمَ النَّفْرِ؟ قَالَ: بِالأَبْطَحِ "، ثُمَّ قَالَ: افْعَلْ كَمَا يَفْعَلُ أُمَرَاؤُكَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1653

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1653

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1654

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1654. Narrated 'Abdul 'Aziz: I went outto Mina on the day of Tarwīya and met Anasgoing on a donkey. I asked him,"Where did the Prophet ﷺ offer the Zuhrprayer on this day?" Anas replied, "Seewhere your chiefs offer prayer so you toooffer prayer where they offer prayer."

Arabic text

1654 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيٌّ، سَمِعَ أَبَا بَكْرِ بْنَ عَيَّاشٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ العَزِيزِ، لَقِيتُ أَنَسًا ح وحَدَّثَنِي إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ أَبَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو بَكْرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ العَزِيزِ قَالَ: خَرَجْتُ إِلَى مِنًى يَوْمَ التَّرْوِيَةِ فَلَقِيتُ أَنَسًا رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ ذَاهِبًا عَلَى حِمَارٍ، فَقُلْتُ: أَيْنَ صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ هَذَا اليَوْمَ الظُّهْرَ؟ فَقَالَ: «انْظُرْ حَيْثُ يُصَلِّي أُمَرَاؤُكَ فَصَلِّ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1654

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1654

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 84

As-Ṣalāt at Mina.

Hadith 1655

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1655. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَاAllāh's Messenger ﷺ offered twoRak'ā [shortened Ṣalāt (prayer) during Hajj]at Minā. Abū Bakr, 'Umar and 'Uthmān(during the early years of his caliphate),followed the same practice.

Arabic text

1655 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ المُنْذِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي يُونُسُ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، قَالَ: «صَلَّى رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمِنًى رَكْعَتَيْنِ» وَأَبُو بَكْرٍ، وَعُمَرُ، وَعُثْمَانُ صَدْرًا مِنْ خِلاَفَتِهِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1655

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1655

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1656

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1656. Narrated Hārītha bin Wahab Al-Khuzā'ī: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: The Prophet ﷺ led andoffered with us two Rak'ā [shortened Ṣalāt(prayer) during Hajj] at Mina although ournumber was more than ever and we were inbetter security than ever.

Arabic text

1656 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ الهَمْدَانِيِّ، عَنْ حَارِثَةَ بْنِ وَهْبٍ الخُزَاعِيِّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَالَ: «صَلَّى بِنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَنَحْنُ أَكْثَرُ مَا كُنَّا قَطُّ وَآمَنُهُ بِمِنًى رَكْعَتَيْنِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1656

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1656

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1657

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1657. Narrated 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd)رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: I offered with the Prophet ﷺ two Rak'ā [shortened Ṣalāt (prayer) during Hajj] (at Minā), and similarly with Abū Bakr رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ and with 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ and then you differed in opinions. Wish that I would be lucky enough to have two of the four Rak'ā accepted (by Allāh).

Arabic text

1657 - حَدَّثَنَا قَبِيصَةُ بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَالَ: «صَلَّيْتُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَمَعَ أَبِي بَكْرٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، وَمَعَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ تَفَرَّقَتْ بِكُمُ الطُّرُقُ، فَيَا لَيْتَ حَظِّي مِنْ أَرْبَعٍ رَكْعَتَانِ مُتَقَبَّلَتَانِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1657

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1657

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 85

Fasting on the Day of 'Arafa(at 'Arafāt).

Hadith 1658

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1658. Narrated Umm Al-Faḍl رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: The people doubted whether the Prophet ﷺ was observing the fast on the Day of 'Arafa, so I sent something for him to drink and he drank it.

Arabic text

1658 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، حَدَّثَنَا سَالِمٌ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عُمَيْرًا مَوْلَى أُمِّ الفَضْلِ، عَنْ أُمِّ الفَضْلِ، شَكَّ النَّاسُ يَوْمَ عَرَفَةَ فِي صَوْمِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، «فَبَعَثْتُ إِلَى النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِشَرَابٍ فَشَرِبَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1658

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1658

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 86

The recitation of Talbīyaand Takbīr while proceeding from Mina to'Arafāt.

Hadith 1659

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1659. Narrated Muḥammad bin Abū Bakr Ath-Thaqafī: I asked Anas bin Mālik رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ while we were proceeding from Minā to 'Arafāt, "What do you use to do on this day when you were with Allāh's Messenger ﷺ?" Anas said, "Some of us used to recite Talbīya and nobody objected to that, and others used to recite Takbīr and nobody objected to that."

Arabic text

1659 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرٍ الثَّقَفِيِّ، أَنَّهُ سَأَلَ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ وَهُمَا غَادِيَانِ مِنْ مِنًى إِلَى عَرَفَةَ: كَيْفَ كُنْتُمْ تَصْنَعُونَ فِي هَذَا اليَوْمِ، مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ فَقَالَ: «كَانَ يُهِلُّ مِنَّا المُهِلُّ فَلاَ يُنْكِرُ عَلَيْهِ، وَيُكَبِّرُ مِنَّا المُكَبِّرُ فَلاَ يُنْكِرُ عَلَيْهِ» بَابُ التَّهْجِيرِ بِالرَّوَاحِ يَوْمَ عَرَفَةَ حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، قَالَ: كَتَبَ عَبْدُ المَلِكِ إِلَى الحَجَّاجِ: أَنْ لاَ يُخَالِفَ ابْنَ عُمَرَ فِي الحَجِّ، فَجَاءَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، وَأَنَا مَعَهُ يَوْمَ عَرَفَةَ حِينَ زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ، فَصَاحَ عِنْدَ سُرَادِقِ الحَجَّاجِ، فَخَرَجَ وَعَلَيْهِ مِلْحَفَةٌ مُعَصْفَرَةٌ فَقَالَ: مَا لَكَ يَا أَبَا عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ فَقَالَ: «الرَّوَاحَ إِنْ كُنْتَ تُرِيدُ السُّنَّةَ»، قَالَ: هَذِهِ السَّاعَةَ؟ قَالَ: «نَعَمْ»، قَالَ: فَأَنْظِرْنِي حَتَّى أُفِيضَ عَلَى رَأْسِي ثُمَّ أَخْرُجُ، فَنَزَلَ حَتَّى خَرَجَ الحَجَّاجُ فَسَارَ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَ أَبِي فَقُلْتُ: إِنْ كُنْتَ تُرِيدُ السُّنَّةَ فَاقْصُرِ الخُطْبَةَ وَعَجِّلِ الوُقُوفَ، فَجَعَلَ يَنْظُرُ إِلَى عَبْدِ اللَّهِ فَلَمَّا رَأَى ذَلِكَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ قَالَ: «صَدَقَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1659

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1659

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 87

To proceed at noon on the Day of 'Arafa (9th of Dhul-Hajjah) (from the mosque of Namira towards 'Arafāt).

Hadith 1660

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1660. Narrated Sālim: 'Abdul Mālik wrote to Al-Hajjāj that he should not differ from Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا during Hajj. On the Day of 'Arafa, when the sun declined at midday, Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا came along with me and shouted near Al-Hajjāj's cotton (cloth) tent. Al-Hijjāj came out, wrapping himself with a waist-sheet dyed with safflower, and said, "O Abū Abdur-Raḥmān! What is the matter?" He said, "If you want to follow the Sunna (legal way of the Prophet ﷺ) then proceed (to 'Arafāt)." Al-Hajjāj asked, "At this very hour?" Ibn 'Umar said, "Yes." He replied, "Please wait for me till I pour some water over my head (i.e., take a bath) and come out." Then Ibn 'Umar dismounted and waited till Al-Hajjāj came out. So, he (Al-Hajjāj) walked in between me and my father (Ibn 'Umar). I said to him, "If you want to follow the Sunna then deliver a brief Khutba (religious talk) and hurry up for the stay at 'Arafāt." He started looking at 'Abdullāh (Ibn 'Umar) (inquiringly), and when 'Abdullāh noticed that, he said that I had told the truth.

Arabic text

١٦٦٠ - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ: أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ قَالَ: «كَتَبَ عَبْدُ الْمَلِكِ إِلَى الْحَجَّاجِ: أَنْ لَا يُخَالِفَ ابْنَ عُمَرَ فِي الْحَجِّ، فَجَاءَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ ﵁ وَأَنَا مَعَهُ، يَوْمَ عَرَفَةَ، حِينَ زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ، فَصَاحَ عِنْدَ سُرَادِقِ الْحَجَّاجِ، فَخَرَجَ وَعَلَيْهِ مِلْحَفَةٌ مُعَصْفَرَةٌ، فَقَالَ: مَا لَكَ يَا أَبَا عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ؟ فَقَالَ: الرَّوَاحَ إِنْ كُنْتَ تُرِيدُ السُّنَّةَ، قَالَ: هَذِهِ السَّاعَةَ؟ قَالَ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: فَأَنْظِرْنِي حَتَّى أُفِيضَ عَلَى رَأْسِي ثُمَّ أَخْرُجُ، فَنَزَلَ حَتَّى خَرَجَ الْحَجَّاجُ، فَسَارَ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَ أَبِي، فَقُلْتُ: إِنْ كُنْتَ تُرِيدُ السُّنَّةَ فَاقْصُرِ الْخُطْبَةَ وَعَجِّلِ الْوُقُوفَ، فَجَعَلَ يَنْظُرُ إِلَى عَبْدِ اللهِ، فَلَمَّا رَأَى ذَلِكَ عَبْدُ اللهِ قَالَ: صَدَقَ».

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1660

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1660

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 88

Staying on one's riding animal at 'Arafāt.

Hadith 1661

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1661. Narrated Umm Al-Faḍl bint Al-Ḥārith رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: On the Day of 'Arafa, some people who were with me, differed about the fasting of the Prophet ﷺ; some said that he was observing Ṣaum (fasting) while others said that he was not observing Saum. So I sent a bowl full of milk to him while he was riding his camel, and he drank that milk.

Arabic text

1661 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، عَنْ مَالِكٍ، عَنْ أَبِي النَّضْرِ، عَنْ عُمَيْرٍ مَوْلَى عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ العَبَّاسِ، عَنْ أُمِّ الفَضْلِ بِنْتِ الحَارِثِ، أَنَّ نَاسًا اخْتَلَفُوا عِنْدَهَا يَوْمَ عَرَفَةَ فِي صَوْمِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: هُوَ صَائِمٌ، وَقَالَ بَعْضُهُمْ: لَيْسَ بِصَائِمٍ، «فَأَرْسَلْتُ إِلَيْهِ بِقَدَحِ لَبَنٍ وَهُوَ وَاقِفٌ عَلَى بَعِيرِهِ، فَشَرِبَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1661

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1661

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 89

To offer the two Salāt together [the Zuhr (prayer) and the ʿAṣr (prayer)] at ʿArafāt.

Hadith 1662

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1662. Ibn Shihāb said: Sālim said, "In the year when Al-Hajjāj bin Yūsuf attacked Ibn Az-Zubair رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا, the former asked 'Abdullāh (Ibn ʿUmar) what to do during the stay on the Day of ʿArafa (9th of Dhul-Hijjah). I said to him, 'If you want to follow the Sunna (the legal way of the Prophet ﷺ) you should offer the Ṣalāt just after midday on the Day of ʿArafa.' 'Abdullāh bin ʿUmar said, 'He (Sālim) has spoken the truth.'" They (the Companions of the Prophet ﷺ) used to offer the Zuhr and the ʿAṣr prayer together according to the Sunna, I asked Sālim, "Did Allāh's Messenger ﷺ do that?" Sālim said, "And in doing that do you (people) follow anything else except his (ﷺ) Sunna?"

Arabic text

1662 - وَقَالَ اللَّيْثُ: حَدَّثَنِي عُقَيْلٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي سَالِمٌ، أَنَّ الحَجَّاجَ بْنَ يُوسُفَ، عَامَ نَزَلَ بِابْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، سَأَلَ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، كَيْفَ تَصْنَعُ فِي المَوْقِفِ يَوْمَ عَرَفَةَ؟ فَقَالَ سَالِمٌ: «إِنْ كُنْتَ تُرِيدُ السُّنَّةَ فَهَجِّرْ بِالصَّلاَةِ يَوْمَ عَرَفَةَ»، فَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ: «صَدَقَ، إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا يَجْمَعُونَ بَيْنَ الظُّهْرِ وَالعَصْرِ فِي السُّنَّةِ»، فَقُلْتُ لِسَالِمٍ: أَفَعَلَ ذَلِكَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ؟ فَقَالَ سَالِمٌ: «وَهَلْ تَتَّبِعُونَ فِي ذَلِكَ إِلَّا سُنَّتَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1662

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1662

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 90

To shorten the Khuṭba (religious talk) on on the Day of ʿArafa.

Hadith 1663

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1663. Narrated Sālim bin 'Abdullāh (bin ʿUmar); 'Abdul-Mālik bin Marwān wrote to Al-Hajjāj that he should follow 'Abdullāh bin ʿUmar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا in all the ceremonies of Hajj. So, when it was the Day of ʿArafa (9th of Dhul-Hijjah), and after the sun has declined from the middle of the sky, I and Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما came and he shouted near the cotton (cloth) tent of Al-Hajjāj, "Where is he?" Al-Hajjāj came out. Ibn 'Umar said, "Let us proceed (to 'Arafāt)." Al-Hajjāj asked, "Just now?" Ibn 'Umar replied, "Yes." Al-Hajjāj said, "Wait for me till I pour water on me (i.e., take a bath)." So, Ibn 'Umar dismounted (and waited) till Al-Hajjāj came out. He was walking between me and my father. I informed Al-Hajjāj, "If you want to follow the Sunna (the legal way) of the Prophet (ﷺ) today, then you should shorten the Khutba (religious talk) and then hurry up for the stay (at 'Arafāt)." Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما said, "He (Sālim) has spoken the truth."

Arabic text

1663 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ المَلِكِ بْنَ مَرْوَانَ، كَتَبَ إِلَى الحَجَّاجِ أَنْ يَأْتَمَّ بِعَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ فِي الحَجِّ، فَلَمَّا كَانَ يَوْمُ عَرَفَةَ، جَاءَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا وَأَنَا مَعَهُ حِينَ زَاغَتِ الشَّمْسُ أَوْ زَالَتْ، فَصَاحَ عِنْدَ فُسْطَاطِهِ أَيْنَ هَذَا؟ فَخَرَجَ إِلَيْهِ فَقَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ: «الرَّوَاحَ» فَقَالَ: الآنَ، قَالَ: «نَعَمْ»، قَالَ: أَنْظِرْنِي أُفِيضُ عَلَيَّ مَاءً، فَنَزَلَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا حَتَّى خَرَجَ، فَسَارَ بَيْنِي وَبَيْنَ أَبِي فَقُلْتُ: إِنْ كُنْتَ تُرِيدُ أَنْ تُصِيبَ السُّنَّةَ اليَوْمَ فَاقْصُرِ الخُطْبَةَ وَعَجِّلِ الوُقُوفَ فَقَالَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ «صَدَقَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1663

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1663

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 91

The staying at 'Arafāt.

Hadith 1664

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1664. Narrated Muḥammad bin Jubair bin Muṭ'im: My father said, "(Before Islām) I was looking for my camel..." The same narration is told by a different sub-narrator. Jubair bin Muṭ'im said, "My camel was lost and I went out in search of it on the Day of 'Arafa, and I saw the Prophet (ﷺ) standing in 'Arafāt. I said to myself: By Allāh he is from the Hums (literally: strictly religious, Quraish were called so, as they used to say, 'We are the people of Allāh, we shall not go out of the sanctuary'). What has brought him here?"

Arabic text

1664 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرٌو ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، كُنْتُ أَطْلُبُ بَعِيرًا لِي ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو، سَمِعَ مُحَمَّدَ بْنَ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ جُبَيْرِ بْنِ مُطْعِمٍ قَالَ: أَضْلَلْتُ بَعِيرًا لِي، فَذَهَبْتُ أَطْلُبُهُ يَوْمَ عَرَفَةَ، فَرَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَاقِفًا بِعَرَفَةَ، فَقُلْتُ: «هَذَا وَاللَّهِ مِنَ الحُمْسِ فَمَا شَأْنُهُ هَا هُنَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1664

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1664

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1665

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1665. Narrated 'Urwa: During the Pre-Islāmic Period of Ignorance, the people used to perform Tawāf of the Ka'bah naked except the Hums; and the Hums were Quraish and their offspring. The Hums used to give clothes to the men who would perform the Tawāf wearing them; and women (of the Hums)(1) used to give clothes to the women who would perform the Tawāf wearing them. Those to whom the Hums did not give clothes would perform Tawāf round the Ka'bah naked. Most of the people used to go away (disperse) directly from 'Arafāt but they (Hums) used to depart after staying at Al-Muzdalifa. 'Urwa added, "My father narrated that 'Aishah had said, 'The following Verses were revealed about the Hums: 'Then depart from the place whence all the people depart...' (V.2:199) 'Urwa added, "They (the Hums) used to stay at Al-Muzdalifa and used to depart from there (to Mina) and so they were ordered to proceed to 'Arafāt (by Allāh's Order)."

Arabic text

1665 - حَدَّثَنَا فَرْوَةُ بْنُ أَبِي المَغْرَاءِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ مُسْهِرٍ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، قَالَ عُرْوَةُ: «كَانَ النَّاسُ يَطُوفُونَ فِي الجَاهِلِيَّةِ عُرَاةً إِلَّا الحُمْسَ، وَالحُمْسُ قُرَيْشٌ وَمَا وَلَدَتْ، وَكَانَتِ الحُمْسُ يَحْتَسِبُونَ عَلَى النَّاسِ، يُعْطِي الرَّجُلُ الرَّجُلَ الثِّيَابَ يَطُوفُ فِيهَا، وَتُعْطِي المَرْأَةُ المَرْأَةَ الثِّيَابَ تَطُوفُ فِيهَا، فَمَنْ لَمْ يُعْطِهِ الحُمْسُ طَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ عُرْيَانًا، وَكَانَ يُفِيضُ جَمَاعَةُ النَّاسِ مِنْ عَرَفَاتٍ، وَيُفِيضُ الحُمْسُ مِنْ جَمْعٍ»، قَالَ: وَأَخْبَرَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا " أَنَّ هَذِهِ الآيَةَ نَزَلَتْ فِي الحُمْسِ: {ثُمَّ أَفِيضُوا مِنْ حَيْثُ أَفَاضَ النَّاسُ} [البقرة: 199]، قَالَ: كَانُوا يُفِيضُونَ مِنْ جَمْعٍ، فَدُفِعُوا إِلَى عَرَفَاتٍ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1665

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1665

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 92

One's speed while one is departing from 'Arafāt.

Hadith 1666

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1666. Narrated 'Urwa: Usāma رضي الله عنه was asked in my presence, "How was the speed of (the camel of) Allāh's Messenger ﷺ while departing from 'Arafāt during the Hajjat-ul-Wada'?" Usāma replied, "The Prophet ﷺ proceeded on with a modest pace, and when there was enough space he would (make his camel) go very fast."

Arabic text

1666 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ هِشَامِ بْنِ عُرْوَةَ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ أَنَّهُ قَالَ: سُئِلَ أُسَامَةُ وَأَنَا جَالِسٌ كَيْفَ كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَسِيرُ فِي حَجَّةِ الوَدَاعِ حِينَ دَفَعَ؟ قَالَ: «كَانَ يَسِيرُ العَنَقَ، فَإِذَا وَجَدَ فَجْوَةً نَصَّ» قَالَ هِشَامٌ: وَالنَّصُّ: فَوْقَ العَنَقِ، قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: " فَجْوَةٌ: مُتَّسَعٌ، وَالجَمِيعُ فَجَوَاتٌ وَفِجَاءٌ، وَكَذَلِكَ رَكْوَةٌ وَرِكَاءٌ "، {مَنَاصٌ} : «لَيْسَ حِينَ فِرَارٍ»

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.1665) Hums: See glossary.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1666

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1666

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 93

To dismount between‘Arafāt and Jam’ (i.e., Al-Muzdalifa)(because of a necessity).

Hadith 1667

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1667. Narrated Usāma bin Zaid رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ after departing from ‘Arafāt, he went towards the mountain path, and there he answered the call of nature and then performed ablution. I asked, “O Allāh’s Messenger! Will you offer the Ṣalāt (prayer) here?” He replied, “(The place of) Aṣ-Ṣalāt (prayer) is ahead of you (i.e., at Al-Muzdalifa).”

Arabic text

1667 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ كُرَيْبٍ، مَوْلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَيْثُ أَفَاضَ مِنْ عَرَفَةَ مَالَ إِلَى الشِّعْبِ، فَقَضَى حَاجَتَهُ فَتَوَضَّأَ، فَقُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، أَتُصَلِّي؟ فَقَالَ: «الصَّلاَةُ أَمَامَكَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1667

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1667

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1668

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1668. Narrated Nāfi’: ‘Abdullāh bin Umar رضي الله عنهما used to offer the Maghrib and Iṣhā prayer together at Jam’ (Al-Muzdalifa). But he used to pass by that mountain path where Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ went, and he would enter it and answer the call of nature and perform ablution, and would not offer any Ṣalāt (prayer) till he had offered Ṣalāt (prayer) at Jam’ (i.e., Muzdalifa).

Arabic text

1668 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا جُوَيْرِيَةُ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ قَالَ: كَانَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا «يَجْمَعُ بَيْنَ المَغْرِبِ وَالعِشَاءِ بِجَمْعٍ، غَيْرَ أَنَّهُ يَمُرُّ بِالشِّعْبِ الَّذِي أَخَذَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَيَدْخُلُ، فَيَنْتَفِضُ وَيَتَوَضَّأُ، وَلاَ يُصَلِّي حَتَّى يُصَلِّيَ بِجَمْعٍ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1668

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1668

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1669

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1669. Narrated Usāma bin Zaid رضي الله عنه: I rode behind Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ from ‘Arafāt and when Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ reached the mountain path on the left side which is before Al-Muzdalifa, he made his camel kneel and then urinated, and then I poured water for his ablution. He performed light ablution and then I said to him: “(Is it the time for) Ṣalāt (prayer), O Allāh's Messenger!" He replied, "The (place of) Ṣalāt (prayer) is ahead of you (i.e., at Al-Muzdalifa)." So Allāh's Messenger ﷺ rode till he reached Al-Muzdalifa and then he offered the Ṣalāt (prayer) (there). Then in the morning (10th Dhul-Hijjah) Al-Faḍl (bin 'Abbās) rode behind Allāh's Messenger ﷺ.

Arabic text

1669 - حَدَّثَنَا قُتَيْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ جَعْفَرٍ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَبِي حَرْمَلَةَ، عَنْ كُرَيْبٍ مَوْلَى ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَنَّهُ قَالَ: رَدِفْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ عَرَفَاتٍ، فَلَمَّا بَلَغَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الشِّعْبَ الأَيْسَرَ، الَّذِي دُونَ المُزْدَلِفَةِ، أَنَاخَ، فَبَالَ ثُمَّ جَاءَ، فَصَبَبْتُ عَلَيْهِ الوَضُوءَ، فَتَوَضَّأَ وُضُوءًا خَفِيفًا، فَقُلْتُ: الصَّلاَةُ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ؟ قَالَ: «الصَّلاَةُ أَمَامَكَ»، فَرَكِبَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ حَتَّى أَتَى المُزْدَلِفَةَ فَصَلَّى، ثُمَّ رَدِفَ الفَضْلُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ غَدَاةَ جَمْعٍ.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1669

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1669

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1670

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1670. Kuraib, (a subnarrator) said that 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās narrated from Al-Faḍl, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ kept on reciting Talbīya (during the journey) till he reached the Jamra (Jamrat-al-'Aqaba)."

Arabic text

1670 - قَالَ كُرَيْبٌ: فَأَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنِ الفَضْلِ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمْ يَزَلْ يُلَبِّي حَتَّى بَلَغَ الجَمْرَةَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1670

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1670

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 94

The order of the Prophet ﷺ that people should be calm and patient on proceeding (from 'Arafāt) and the waving of his lash towards them.

Hadith 1671

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1671. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهم: I proceeded along with the Prophet ﷺ on the Day of 'Arafa (9th Dhul-Hijjah). The Prophet ﷺ heard a great hue and cry and the beating of camels behind him. So he beckoned to the people with his lash, "O people! Be quiet. Hastening is not a sign of righteousness."

Arabic text

1671 - حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ أَبِي مَرْيَمَ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ سُوَيْدٍ، حَدَّثَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ أَبِي عَمْرٍو، مَوْلَى المُطَّلِبِ، أَخْبَرَنِي سَعِيدُ بْنُ جُبَيْرٍ، مَوْلَى وَالِبَةَ الكُوفِيُّ، حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّهُ دَفَعَ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ عَرَفَةَ، فَسَمِعَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَرَاءَهُ زَجْرًا شَدِيدًا، وَضَرْبًا وَصَوْتًا لِلْإِبِلِ، فَأَشَارَ بِسَوْطِهِ إِلَيْهِمْ، وَقَالَ: «أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ عَلَيْكُمْ بِالسَّكِينَةِ فَإِنَّ البِرَّ لَيْسَ بِالإِيضَاعِ»، " أَوْضَعُوا: أَسْرَعُوا "، {خِلاَلَكُمْ} [التوبة: 47]: «مِنَ التَّخَلُّلِ بَيْنَكُمْ»، {وَفَجَّرْنَا خِلاَلَهُمَا} [الكهف: 33]: «بَيْنَهُمَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1671

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1671

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 95

The offering of two Ṣalāt(prayer) together at Al-Muzdalifa.

Hadith 1672

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1672. Narrated Usāma ibn Zaid رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ proceeded from 'Arafāt and dismounted at the mountain path and then urinated and performed a light ablution. I said to him, "(Shall we offer) the Aṣ-Ṣalāt (the prayer)?" He replied, "The Ṣalāt is ahead of you (i.e., at Al-Muzdalifa)." When he came to Al-Muzdalifa, he performed a perfect ablution. Then Iqāma for the Ṣalāt (prayer) was pronounced and he offered the Maghrib prayer, and then every person made his camel kneel at his place; and then Iqāma for the Ṣalāt (prayer) was pronounced and he offered the (Ishā prayer) and he did not offer any Ṣalāt (prayer) in between them (i.e., Maghrib and Ishā prayer).

Arabic text

1672 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ مُوسَى بْنِ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ كُرَيْبٍ، عَنْ أُسَامَةَ بْنِ زَيْدٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَهُ يَقُولُ: دَفَعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ عَرَفَةَ، فَنَزَلَ الشِّعْبَ، فَبَالَ ثُمَّ تَوَضَّأَ وَلَمْ يُسْبِغِ الوُضُوءَ، فَقُلْتُ لَهُ: الصَّلاَةُ؟، فَقَالَ: «الصَّلاَةُ أَمَامَكَ»، فَجَاءَ المُزْدَلِفَةَ، فَتَوَضَّأَ فَأَسْبَغَ، ثُمَّ أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَصَلَّى المَغْرِبَ، ثُمَّ أَنَاخَ كُلُّ إِنْسَانٍ بَعِيرَهُ فِي مَنْزِلِهِ، ثُمَّ أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ، فَصَلَّى وَلَمْ يُصَلِّ بَيْنَهُمَا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1672

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1672

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 96

Whoever combined (offered together) the two prayer (Maghrib and Ishā prayer) at one time and did not offer any optional prayers.

Hadith 1673

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1673. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: The Prophet ﷺ offered the Maghrib and Ishā prayer together at Jam' (i.e., Al-Muzdalifa) with a separate Iqāma for each of them and did not offer any optional prayer in between them or after each of them.

Arabic text

1673 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ أَبِي ذِئْبٍ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: «جَمَعَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بَيْنَ المَغْرِبِ وَالعِشَاءِ بِجَمْعٍ كُلُّ وَاحِدَةٍ مِنْهُمَا بِإِقَامَةٍ، وَلَمْ يُسَبِّحْ بَيْنَهُمَا، وَلاَ عَلَى إِثْرِ كُلِّ وَاحِدَةٍ مِنْهُمَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1673

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1673

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1674

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1674. Narrated Abū Ayyūb Al-Anṣārī رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ offered the Maghrib and Ishā7 prayers together at Al-Muzdalifa.

Arabic text

1674 - حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ بِلاَلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَدِيُّ بْنُ ثَابِتٍ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يَزِيدَ الخَطْمِيُّ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو أَيُّوبَ الأَنْصَارِيُّ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «جَمَعَ فِي حَجَّةِ الوَدَاعِ المَغْرِبَ وَالعِشَاءَ بِالْمُزْدَلِفَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1674

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1674

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 97

Whoever pronounced (one)Adhān (for both) and Iqāma for each of them(the Maghrib and the Ishā7 prayer).

Hadith 1675

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1675. Narrated 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Yazid: 'Abdullāh رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ performed the Hajj and we reached Al-Muzdalifa at or about the time of the Ishā7 prayer. He ordered a man to pronounce the Adhān and Iqāma and then he offered the Maghrib prayer and offered two Rak'ā prayer after it. Then he asked for his supper and took it, and then, I think, he ordered a man to pronounce the Adhān and Iqāma (for the Ishā7 prayer). ('Amr, a subnarrator said: The intervening statement 'I think', was said by the subnarrator Zuhair) (i.e., not by 'Abdur-Raḥmān). Then 'Abdullāh offered two Rak'ā of Ishā7 prayer. When the day dawned, 'Abdullāh said, "The Prophet ﷺ never offered any Ṣalāt (prayer) at this hour except this Ṣalāt at this time and at this place and on this day." 'Abdullāh added, "These two Ṣalāt are shifted from their actual times – the Maghrib prayer (is offered) when the people reached Al-Muzdalifa and the Fajr prayer at the early dawn." 'Abdullāh added, "I saw the Prophet ﷺ doing that."

Arabic text

1675 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ خَالِدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو إِسْحَاقَ قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ يَزِيدَ يَقُولُ: حَجَّ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فَأَتَيْنَا المُزْدَلِفَةَ حِينَ الأَذَانِ بِالعَتَمَةِ أَوْ قَرِيبًا مِنْ ذَلِكَ، فَأَمَرَ رَجُلًا فَأَذَّنَ وَأَقَامَ، ثُمَّ صَلَّى المَغْرِبَ، وَصَلَّى بَعْدَهَا رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ دَعَا بِعَشَائِهِ فَتَعَشَّى، ثُمَّ أَمَرَ أُرَى فَأَذَّنَ وَأَقَامَ - قَالَ عَمْرٌو: لاَ أَعْلَمُ الشَّكَّ إِلَّا مِنْ زُهَيْرٍ -، ثُمَّ صَلَّى العِشَاءَ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَلَمَّا طَلَعَ الفَجْرُ قَالَ: «إِنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ لاَ يُصَلِّي هَذِهِ السَّاعَةَ إِلَّا هَذِهِ الصَّلاَةَ، فِي هَذَا المَكَانِ مِنْ هَذَا اليَوْمِ» قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ: " هُمَا صَلاَتَانِ تُحَوَّلاَنِ عَنْ وَقْتِهِمَا: صَلاَةُ المَغْرِبِ بَعْدَ مَا يَأْتِي النَّاسُ المُزْدَلِفَةَ، وَالفَجْرُ حِينَ يَبْزُغُ الفَجْرُ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُهُ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1675

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1675

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 98

Whosoever sent the weak amongst his family (women and children) early (from Al-Muzdalifa to Mina) at night after the moon had set. They stayed at Al-Muzdalifa and invoked Allāh there and proceeded from there when the moon had set.

Hadith 1676

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1676. Narrated Sālim: 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رضي الله عنهم used to send the weak among his family early to Mina. So they used to depart from Al-Mash'ar Al-Harām (that is Al-Muzdalifa) at night (when the moon had set) and invoke Allāh عزَّ وجلَّ as much as they could, and then they would return (to Mina) before the Imām had started from Al-Muzdalifa to Mina. So some of them would reach Mina at the time of the Fajr prayer and some of them would come later. When they reached Mina they would throw pebbles on the Jamra (Jamrat-al-'Aqaba). Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهم used to say, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ gave the permission to them (weak people) to do so."

Arabic text

1676 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، قَالَ سَالِمٌ: وَكَانَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا يُقَدِّمُ ضَعَفَةَ أَهْلِهِ، فَيَقِفُونَ عِنْدَ المَشْعَرِ الحَرَامِ بِالْمُزْدَلِفَةِ بِلَيْلٍ فَيَذْكُرُونَ اللَّهَ مَا بَدَا لَهُمْ، ثُمَّ يَرْجِعُونَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَقِفَ الإِمَامُ وَقَبْلَ أَنْ يَدْفَعَ، فَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ يَقْدَمُ مِنًى لِصَلاَةِ الفَجْرِ، وَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ يَقْدَمُ بَعْدَ ذَلِكَ، فَإِذَا قَدِمُوا رَمَوْا الجَمْرَةَ وَكَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا يَقُولُ: «أَرْخَصَ فِي أُولَئِكَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1676

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1676

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1677

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1677. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهم: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ had sent me from Jam' (i.e. Al-Muzdalifa) at night.

Arabic text

1677 - حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادُ بْنُ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: «بَعَثَنِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ جَمْعٍ بِلَيْلٍ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1677

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1677

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1678

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1678. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهم: I was among those whom the Prophet ﷺ sent on the night of Al-Muzdalifa early, being among the weak members of his family.

Arabic text

1678 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيٌّ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ أَبِي يَزِيدَ، سَمِعَ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا يَقُولُ: «أَنَا مِمَّنْ قَدَّمَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَيْلَةَ المُزْدَلِفَةِ فِي ضَعَفَةِ أَهْلِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1678

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1678

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1679

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1679. Narrated 'Abdullāh, the slave of Asmā': رضي الله عنها: During the night of Jam', Asmā' got down at Al-Muzdalifa and stood up for (offering) the Ṣalāt (prayer) and offered the Ṣalāt (prayer) for some time and then asked, "O my son! Has the moon set?" I replied in the negative and she again offered Ṣalāt for another period and then asked, "Has the moon set?" I replied, "Yes." So she said that we should set out (for Mina), and we departed and went on till she threw pebbles at the Jamra (Jamrat-al-'Aqaba) and then she returned to her dwelling place and offered the morning prayer. I asked her, "O Hanta I think we have come (to Minā) early in the night." She replied, "O my son! Allāh's Messenger ﷺ gave permission to the women to do so."

Arabic text

1679 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، مَوْلَى أَسْمَاءَ، عَنْ أَسْمَاءَ: أَنَّهَا نَزَلَتْ لَيْلَةَ جَمْعٍ عِنْدَ المُزْدَلِفَةِ، فَقَامَتْ تُصَلِّي، فَصَلَّتْ سَاعَةً ثُمَّ قَالَتْ: «يَا بُنَيَّ، هَلْ غَابَ القَمَرُ؟»، قُلْتُ: لاَ، فَصَلَّتْ سَاعَةً ثُمَّ قَالَتْ: «يَا بُنَيَّ هَلْ غَابَ القَمَرُ؟»، قُلْتُ: نَعَمْ، قَالَتْ: «فَارْتَحِلُوا»، فَارْتَحَلْنَا وَمَضَيْنَا، حَتَّى رَمَتِ الجَمْرَةَ، ثُمَّ رَجَعَتْ فَصَلَّتِ الصُّبْحَ فِي مَنْزِلِهَا، فَقُلْتُ لَهَا: يَا هَنْتَاهُ مَا أُرَانَا إِلَّا قَدْ غَلَّسْنَا، قَالَتْ: «يَا بُنَيَّ، إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَذِنَ لِلظُّعُنِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1679

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1679

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1680

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1680. Narrated 'Aishah': رضي الله عنها: Sauda asked the permission of the Prophet ﷺ to leave (early) at the night of Jam', and she was a fat and very slow woman. The Prophet ﷺ gave her permission.

Arabic text

1680 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ هُوَ ابْنُ القَاسِمِ، عَنِ القَاسِمِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: «اسْتَأْذَنَتْ سَوْدَةُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَيْلَةَ جَمْعٍ، وَكَانَتْ ثَقِيلَةً ثَبْطَةً، فَأَذِنَ لَهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1680

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1680

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1681

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1681. Narrated 'Aishah': رضي الله عنها: We got down at Al-Muzdalifa and Sauda asked the permission of the Prophet ﷺ to leave (early) before the rush of the people. She was a slow woman and he gave her permission, so she departed (from Al-Muzdalifa) before the rush of the people. We kept on staying at Al-Muzdalifa till dawn, and set out with the Prophet ﷺ but (I suffered so much that) I wished I had taken the permission of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ as Sauda had done, and that would have been dearer to me than any other happiness.

Arabic text

1681 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَفْلَحُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنِ القَاسِمِ بْنِ مُحَمَّدٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: «نَزَلْنَا المُزْدَلِفَةَ فَاسْتَأْذَنَتِ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ سَوْدَةُ، أَنْ تَدْفَعَ قَبْلَ حَطْمَةِ النَّاسِ، وَكَانَتِ امْرَأَةً بَطِيئَةً، فَأَذِنَ لَهَا، فَدَفَعَتْ قَبْلَ حَطْمَةِ النَّاسِ ، وَأَقَمْنَا حَتَّى أَصْبَحْنَا نَحْنُ، ثُمَّ دَفَعْنَا بِدَفْعِهِ، فَلَأَنْ أَكُونَ اسْتَأْذَنْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَمَا اسْتَأْذَنَتْ سَوْدَةُ، أَحَبُّ إِلَيَّ مِنْ مَفْرُوحٍ بِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1681

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1681

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 99

At what time is the Fajr prayer to be offered at Jam'?

Hadith 1682

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1682. Narrated 'Abdullāh رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: I never saw the Prophet ﷺ offering any Salāt (prayer) not at its stated time except two; he offered the Maghrib and the 'Ishā' prayer together and he offered the Fajr prayer before its usual time (at Muzdalifa on the day of Nahr).

Arabic text

1682 - حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ حَفْصِ بْنِ غِيَاثٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عُمَارَةُ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَالَ: مَا رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى صَلاَةً بِغَيْرِ مِيقَاتِهَا، إِلَّا صَلاَتَيْنِ: جَمَعَ بَيْنَ المَغْرِبِ وَالعِشَاءِ، وَصَلَّى الفَجْرَ قَبْلَ مِيقَاتِهَا "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1682

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1682

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1683

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1683. Narrated 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Yazid: I went out with 'Abdullāh رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ to Makkah and when we reached Jam' (from 'Arafāt) he offered the two Salāt (prayer) (the Maghrib and the 'Ishā' prayer) together, making the Adhān and Iqāma separately for each Salāt. He took his supper in between the two Salāt. He offered the Fajr prayer as soon as the day dawned. Some people said, "The day had dawned (at the time of the Salāt)," and others said, "The day had not dawned." 'Abdullāh then said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ said, 'These two Salāt (prayers) have been shifted from their stated times at this place only (at Al-Muzdalifa); first: The Maghrib and the 'Ishā'. The people may not arrive at Al-Muzdalifa till the time of the 'Ishā' prayer has become due. The second Salāt is the morning prayer which is offered at this hour.'" Then 'Abdullāh stayed there till it became a bit brighter. He then said, "If chief of the believers hastened onwards to Mina just now, then he had indeed followed the Sunna (legal way of the Prophet ﷺ).” I do not know which preceded the other, his (‘Abdullāh’s) statement or the departure of ‘Uthmān رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُ. ‘Abdullāh kept on reciting Talbīya till he threw pebbles at the Jamrat-al-‘Aqaba on the day of Nahr (that is the 10th of Dhul-Hijjah).

Arabic text

1683 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ رَجَاءٍ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْرَائِيلُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، قَالَ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، إِلَى مَكَّةَ، ثُمَّ قَدِمْنَا جَمْعًا، فَصَلَّى الصَّلاَتَيْنِ كُلَّ صَلاَةٍ وَحْدَهَا بِأَذَانٍ وَإِقَامَةٍ، وَالعَشَاءُ بَيْنَهُمَا، ثُمَّ صَلَّى الفَجْرَ حِينَ طَلَعَ الفَجْرُ، قَائِلٌ يَقُولُ: طَلَعَ الفَجْرُ، وَقَائِلٌ يَقُولُ: لَمْ يَطْلُعِ الفَجْرُ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: إِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «إِنَّ هَاتَيْنِ الصَّلاَتَيْنِ حُوِّلَتَا عَنْ وَقْتِهِمَا، فِي هَذَا المَكَانِ، المَغْرِبَ وَالعِشَاءَ، فَلاَ يَقْدَمُ النَّاسُ جَمْعًا حَتَّى يُعْتِمُوا، وَصَلاَةَ الفَجْرِ هَذِهِ السَّاعَةَ»، ثُمَّ وَقَفَ حَتَّى أَسْفَرَ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: لَوْ أَنَّ أَمِيرَ المُؤْمِنِينَ أَفَاضَ الآنَ أَصَابَ السُّنَّةَ، فَمَا أَدْرِي: أَقَوْلُهُ كَانَ أَسْرَعَ أَمْ دَفْعُ عُثْمَانَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فَلَمْ يَزَلْ يُلَبِّي حَتَّى رَمَى جَمْرَةَ العَقَبَةِ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1683

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1683

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 100

When to depart from Jam' (i.e., Al-Muzdalifa).

Hadith 1684

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1684. Narrated ‘Amr bin Maimūn: I saw ‘Umar رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُ offering the morning prayer at Jam'; then he got up and said, “The Mushrikūn did not use to depart (from Jam') till the sun had risen, and they used to say, ‘Let the sun shine on Ṭhabīr (a mountain).’ But the Prophet ﷺ did contrary to them and departed from Jam' before sunrise.”

Arabic text

1684 - حَدَّثَنَا حَجَّاجُ بْنُ مِنْهَالٍ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنْ أَبِي إِسْحَاقَ، سَمِعْتُ عَمْرَو بْنَ مَيْمُونٍ، يَقُولُ: شَهِدْتُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ صَلَّى بِجَمْعٍ الصُّبْحَ، ثُمَّ وَقَفَ فَقَالَ: " إِنَّ المُشْرِكِينَ كَانُوا لاَ يُفِيضُونَ حَتَّى تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ وَيَقُولُونَ: أَشْرِقْ ثَبِيرُ، وَأَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَالَفَهُمْ ثُمَّ أَفَاضَ قَبْلَ أَنْ تَطْلُعَ الشَّمْسُ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1684

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1684

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 101

The recitation of Talbīya and Takbīr in the morning of the day of Nahr till the Ramy of Jamarat-al-‘Aqaba and riding behind somebody else on a riding animal.

Hadith 1685

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1685. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbās رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُمَا: The Prophet ﷺ made Al-Faḍl ride behind him, and Al-Faḍl informed that he (the Prophet ﷺ) kept on reciting Talbīya till he did the Ramy of the Jamra (Jamrat-al-‘Aqaba).

Arabic text

1685 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ الضَّحَّاكُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَرْدَفَ الفَضْلَ، فَأَخْبَرَ الفَضْلُ: أَنَّهُ «لَمْ يَزَلْ يُلَبِّي حَتَّى رَمَى الجَمْرَةَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1685

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1685

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1686

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1686, 1687. Narrated 'Ubaidullāh bin'Abdullāh: Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا said,"Usāma bin Zaid رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا rode behind theProphet ﷺ from 'Arafāt to Al-Muzdalifa;and then from Al-Muzdalifa to Mina, Al-Faḍl rode behind him." He added, "Both ofthem (Usāma and Al-Faḍl) said, 'TheProphet ﷺ was constantly reciting Talbīyatill he did Ramy of the Jamarat-al-'Aqaba."

Arabic text

1686 - حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ يُونُسَ الأَيْلِيِّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَنَّ أُسَامَةَ بْنَ زَيْدٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا كَانَ رِدْفَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ عَرَفَةَ إِلَى المُزْدَلِفَةِ، ثُمَّ أَرْدَفَ الفَضْلَ مِنَ المُزْدَلِفَةِ إِلَى مِنًى، قَالَ: فَكِلاَهُمَا قَالاَ: «لَمْ يَزَلِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُلَبِّي حَتَّى رَمَى جَمْرَةَ العَقَبَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1686

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1686

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1687

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1686, 1687. Narrated 'Ubaidullāh bin'Abdullāh: Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا said,"Usāma bin Zaid رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا rode behind theProphet ﷺ from 'Arafāt to Al-Muzdalifa;and then from Al-Muzdalifa to Mina, Al-Faḍl rode behind him." He added, "Both ofthem (Usāma and Al-Faḍl) said, 'TheProphet ﷺ was constantly reciting Talbīyatill he did Ramy of the Jamarat-al-'Aqaba."

Arabic text

1686 - حَدَّثَنَا زُهَيْرُ بْنُ حَرْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ يُونُسَ الأَيْلِيِّ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَنَّ أُسَامَةَ بْنَ زَيْدٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا كَانَ رِدْفَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْ عَرَفَةَ إِلَى المُزْدَلِفَةِ، ثُمَّ أَرْدَفَ الفَضْلَ مِنَ المُزْدَلِفَةِ إِلَى مِنًى، قَالَ: فَكِلاَهُمَا قَالاَ: «لَمْ يَزَلِ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُلَبِّي حَتَّى رَمَى جَمْرَةَ العَقَبَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1687

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1687

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 102

"...And whosoeverperforms the Umra in the months of Hajjbefore (performing) the Hajj (i.e. Hajj-al-Qirān and Hajj-at-Tamattu') he mustslaughter an animal (Hady) such as he canafford it... till... present at the Al-Masjid-al-Ḥarām (at Makkah)... (V.2:196)

Hadith 1688

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1688. Narrated Abū Jamra: I asked Ibn'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا about Hajj-at-Tamattu'.He ordered me to perform it. I asked himabout the Hady (sacrifice). He said, "Youhave to slaughter a camel, a cow or a sheep,or you may share the Hady with the others."It seemed that some people disliked it (Hajj-at-Tamattu'). I slept and dreamt as if aperson was announcing: "Hajj Mabrūr andaccepted Mut'ah (Hajj-at-Tamattu')" I wentto Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا and narrated it tohim. He said, "Allahu Akbar (Allāh is theMost Great). (That was) the Aṣ-Ṣunna (legalway) of Abul-Qāsim (i.e., Prophet ﷺ)." Narrated Shu'ba that the call in the dreamwas. "An accepted Umra and Hajj-Mabrūr."

Arabic text

1688 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ مَنْصُورٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا النَّضْرُ، أَخْبَرَنَا شُعْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو جَمْرَةَ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنِ المُتْعَةِ، فَأَمَرَنِي بِهَا، وَسَأَلْتُهُ عَنِ الهَدْيِ، فَقَالَ: «فِيهَا جَزُورٌ أَوْ بَقَرَةٌ أَوْ شَاةٌ أَوْ شِرْكٌ فِي دَمٍ»، قَالَ: وَكَأَنَّ نَاسًا كَرِهُوهَا، فَنِمْتُ فَرَأَيْتُ فِي المَنَامِ كَأَنَّ إِنْسَانًا يُنَادِي: حَجٌّ مَبْرُورٌ، وَمُتْعَةٌ مُتَقَبَّلَةٌ، فَأَتَيْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا فَحَدَّثْتُهُ، فَقَالَ: «اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، سُنَّةُ أَبِي القَاسِمِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»، قَالَ: وَقَالَ آدَمُ، وَوَهْبُ بْنُ جَرِيرٍ، وَغُنْدَرٌ، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ: عُمْرَةٌ مُتَقَبَّلَةٌ وَحَجٌّ مَبْرُورٌ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1688

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1688

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 103

The riding over the Budn (camels, cows, oxen for sacrifice). Allāh's Statement refers to this:

Hadith 1689

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1689. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ saw a man driving his Badana (sacrificial camel). He said, "Ride on it." The man said, "It is a Badana." The Prophet ﷺ said, "Ride on it." He (the man) said, "It is a Badana." The Prophet ﷺ said, "Ride on it." And on the second or the third time he (the Prophet ﷺ) added, "Woe to you."

Arabic text

1689 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ أَبِي الزِّنَادِ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأَى رَجُلًا يَسُوقُ بَدَنَةً، فَقَالَ: «ارْكَبْهَا» فَقَالَ: إِنَّهَا بَدَنَةٌ فَقَالَ: «ارْكَبْهَا» قَالَ: إِنَّهَا بَدَنَةٌ قَالَ: «ارْكَبْهَا وَيْلَكَ» فِي الثَّالِثَةِ أَوْ فِي الثَّانِيَةِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1689

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1689

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1690

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1690. Narrated Anas رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ saw a man driving a Badana. He said, "Ride on it." The man replied, "It is a Badana." The Prophet ﷺ said (again), "Ride on it." He (the man) said, "It is a Badana." The Prophet ﷺ said thrice, "Ride on it."

Arabic text

1690 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا هِشَامٌ، وَشُعْبَةُ قَالاَ: حَدَّثَنَا قَتَادَةُ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأَى رَجُلًا يَسُوقُ بَدَنَةً فَقَالَ: «ارْكَبْهَا»، قَالَ: إِنَّهَا بَدَنَةٌ قَالَ: «ارْكَبْهَا» قَالَ: إِنَّهَا بَدَنَةٌ قَالَ: «ارْكَبْهَا» ثَلاَثًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1690

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1690

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 104

Whoever drove the Budn (sacrificial camels or cows) alongwith him.

Hadith 1691

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1691. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: During the last Hajj (Hajjat-ul-Wadā') of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ he performed Umra and Hajj together and offered Hady (sacrificial animal) which he drove along with him from Dhul-Hulaifa. Allāh's Messenger ﷺ started by assuming Ihrām for Umra and then for Hajj. And the people, too, performed the Umra and Hajj together along with the Prophet ﷺ. Some of them brought the Hady and drove it along with them, while the others did not. So, when the Prophet ﷺ arrived at Makkah, he said to the people, "Whoever among you has driven the Hady, should not finish his Ihrām till he completes his Hajj. And whoever among you has not (driven) the Hady with him, should perform Tawāf of the Ka'bah and the [Sa'y (going) between] Aš-Šafā and Al-Marwa, then cut short his head-hair and finish his Ihrām, and should later assume Ihrām for Hajj; but he must offer a Hady (sacrifice); and if anyone cannot afford a Hady, he should fast for three days during the Hajj and seven days when he returns home (i.e., Hajjat-Tamattu'). The Prophet ﷺ performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah on his arrival (at Makkah); he touched the (Black Stone) Corner first of all and then did Ramal (fast walking with moving of the shoulders) during the first three rounds, round the Ka'bah, and during the last four rounds he walked (normally). After finishing Tawāf of the Ka'bah, he offered a two Rak'ā prayer at Maqām Ibrāhīm, and after finishing the Ṣalāt (prayer) he went to Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa and performed seven goings of Tawāf — Sā'y between them and did not do any deed forbidden because of Iḥrām, till he finished all the ceremonies of his Hajj and sacrificed his Hady on the Day of Nahr (10th day of Dhul-Hijjah). He then hastened onwards (to Makkah) and performed Tawāf-al-Ifāda of the Ka'bah and then everything that was forbidden because of Iḥrām became permissible. Those who took and drove the Hady with them did the same as Allāh's Messenger ﷺ did (Hajj-al-Qirān).

Arabic text

1691 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ عُقَيْلٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: تَمَتَّعَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي حَجَّةِ الوَدَاعِ، بِالعُمْرَةِ إِلَى الحَجِّ وَأَهْدَى، فَسَاقَ مَعَهُ الهَدْيَ مِنْ ذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ ، وَبَدَأَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَأَهَلَّ بِالعُمْرَةِ ثُمَّ أَهَلَّ بِالحَجِّ، فَتَمَتَّعَ النَّاسُ مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِالعُمْرَةِ إِلَى الحَجِّ، فَكَانَ مِنَ النَّاسِ مَنْ أَهْدَى، فَسَاقَ الهَدْيَ وَمِنْهُمْ مَنْ لَمْ يُهْدِ، فَلَمَّا قَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَكَّةَ قَالَ: لِلنَّاسِ «مَنْ كَانَ مِنْكُمْ أَهْدَى، فَإِنَّهُ لاَ يَحِلُّ لِشَيْءٍ حَرُمَ مِنْهُ، حَتَّى يَقْضِيَ حَجَّهُ، وَمَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ مِنْكُمْ أَهْدَى، فَلْيَطُفْ بِالْبَيْتِ وَبِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، وَلْيُقَصِّرْ وَلْيَحْلِلْ، ثُمَّ لِيُهِلَّ بِالحَجِّ، فَمَنْ لَمْ يَجِدْ هَدْيًا، فَلْيَصُمْ ثَلاَثَةَ أَيَّامٍ فِي الحَجِّ وَسَبْعَةً إِذَا رَجَعَ إِلَى أَهْلِهِ». فَطَافَ حِينَ قَدِمَ مَكَّةَ، وَاسْتَلَمَ الرُّكْنَ أَوَّلَ شَيْءٍ، ثُمَّ خَبَّ ثَلاَثَةَ أَطْوَافٍ وَمَشَى أَرْبَعًا، فَرَكَعَ حِينَ قَضَى طَوَافَهُ بِالْبَيْتِ عِنْدَ المَقَامِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ سَلَّمَ فَانْصَرَفَ فَأَتَى الصَّفَا، فَطَافَ بِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ سَبْعَةَ أَطْوَافٍ، ثُمَّ لَمْ يَحْلِلْ مِنْ شَيْءٍ حَرُمَ مِنْهُ حَتَّى قَضَى حَجَّهُ، وَنَحَرَ هَدْيَهُ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ، وَأَفَاضَ فَطَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ، ثُمَّ حَلَّ مِنْ كُلِّ شَيْءٍ حَرُمَ مِنْهُ، وَفَعَلَ مِثْلَ مَا فَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَنْ أَهْدَى وَسَاقَ الهَدْيَ مِنَ النَّاسِ،

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1691

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1691

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1692

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1692. Narrated Urwa: "Aishah رضي الله عنها informed me about the Hajj and Umra (together) of the Prophet ﷺ and so did the people who were with him (during that Hajj and Umra) a narration similar to the narration of Ibn Umar (Hadīth رضي الله عنهما No. 1691).

Arabic text

1692 - وَعَنْ عُرْوَةَ، أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، أَخْبَرَتْهُ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي تَمَتُّعِهِ بِالعُمْرَةِ إِلَى الحَجِّ، فَتَمَتَّعَ النَّاسُ مَعَهُ بِمِثْلِ الَّذِي أَخْبَرَنِي سَالِمٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1692

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1692

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 105

Buying the Hady on the way.

Hadith 1693

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1693. Narrated Nāfi': 'Abdullāh (bin 'Abdullāh) bin 'Umar رضي الله عنهم said to his father, "Stay here, for I am afraid that it (affliction between Ibn Zubair and Al-Ḥajjāj) might prevent you from reaching the Ka'bah." Ibn 'Umar said, "(In this case) I would do the same as Allāh's Messenger ﷺ did, and Allāh has said, 'Indeed, in the Messenger of Allāh, you have a good example (to follow).' So, I make you people witness that I have made Umra compulsory for me." So he assumed Iḥrām for Umra. Then he went out and when he reached Al-Baidā', he assumed Ihrām for Hajj and Umra (together) and said, "The conditions (requisites) of Hajj and Umra are the same." He, then bought a Hady from Qudaid. Then he arrived (at Makkah) and performed Tawāf - [Sa'y (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa once for both Hajj and Umra and did not finish the Ihrām till he had finished both Hajj and Umra (Hajj-al-Qirān).

Arabic text

1693 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو النُّعْمَانِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، قَالَ: قَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ لِأَبِيهِ: أَقِمْ، فَإِنِّي لاَ آمَنُهَا أَنْ سَتُصَدُّ عَنِ البَيْتِ، قَالَ: «إِذًا أَفْعَلُ كَمَا فَعَلَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَقَدْ قَالَ اللَّهُ»: {لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ} [الأحزاب: 21]، «فَأَنَا أُشْهِدُكُمْ أَنِّي قَدْ أَوْجَبْتُ عَلَى نَفْسِي العُمْرَةَ»، فَأَهَلَّ بِالعُمْرَةِ مِنَ الدَّارِ، قَالَ: ثُمَّ خَرَجَ حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ بِالْبَيْدَاءِ أَهَلَّ بِالحَجِّ وَالعُمْرَةِ، وَقَالَ: «مَا شَأْنُ الحَجِّ وَالعُمْرَةِ إِلَّا وَاحِدٌ»، ثُمَّ اشْتَرَى الهَدْيَ مِنْ قُدَيْدٍ، ثُمَّ قَدِمَ فَطَافَ لَهُمَا طَوَافًا وَاحِدًا، فَلَمْ يَحِلَّ حَتَّى حَلَّ مِنْهُمَا جَمِيعًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1693

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1693

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 106

Marking and garlanding (the Hady) at Dhul-Hulaifa and then assuming Ihrām.

Hadith 1694

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1694, 1695. Narrated Al-Miswar bin Makhrama and Marwan رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ set out from Al-Madīna with over one thousand of his Companions (at the time of the Treaty of Hudaibiya) and when they reached Dhul-Hulaifa, the Prophet ﷺ garlanded his Hady and marked it and assumed Ihrām for Umra.

Arabic text

1694 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنِ المِسْوَرِ بْنِ مَخْرَمَةَ، وَمَرْوَانَ قَالاَ: «خَرَجَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ زَمَنَ الحُدَيْبِيَةِ مِنَ المَدِينَةِ فِي بِضْعَ عَشْرَةَ مِائَةً مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ حَتَّى إِذَا كَانُوا بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ، قَلَّدَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الهَدْيَ، وَأَشْعَرَ وَأَحْرَمَ بِالعُمْرَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1694

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1694

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1695

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1694, 1695. Narrated Al-Miswar bin Makhrama and Marwan رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ set out from Al-Madīna with over one thousand of his Companions (at the time of the Treaty of Hudaibiya) and when they reached Dhul-Hulaifa, the Prophet ﷺ garlanded his Hady and marked it and assumed Ihrām for Umra.

Arabic text

1694 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ بْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ، عَنِ المِسْوَرِ بْنِ مَخْرَمَةَ، وَمَرْوَانَ قَالاَ: «خَرَجَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ زَمَنَ الحُدَيْبِيَةِ مِنَ المَدِينَةِ فِي بِضْعَ عَشْرَةَ مِائَةً مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ حَتَّى إِذَا كَانُوا بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ، قَلَّدَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الهَدْيَ، وَأَشْعَرَ وَأَحْرَمَ بِالعُمْرَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1695

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1695

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1696

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1696. Narrated 'Aīshah رضي الله عنها: I twisted with my own hands the garlands for the Budn (camels for sacrifice) of the Prophet ﷺ who garlanded and marked them, and then made them proceed to Makkah; yet no permissible thing was regarded as illegal for him then.

Arabic text

1696 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَفْلَحُ، عَنِ القَاسِمِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: «فَتَلْتُ قَلاَئِدَ بُدْنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِيَدَيَّ، ثُمَّ قَلَّدَهَا وَأَشْعَرَهَا وَأَهْدَاهَا، فَمَا حَرُمَ عَلَيْهِ شَيْءٌ كَانَ أُحِلَّ لَهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1696

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1696

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 107

To twist (and make) the garlands for the Budn (Hady camels for sacrifice) and cows.

Hadith 1697

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1697. Narrated Hafsa رضي الله عنها: I said, "O Allāh's Messenger! What is wrong with the people, they have finished their Ihrām but you have not?" He said, "I matted my hair and I have garlanded my Hady, so I will not finish my Ihrām till I have finished my Hajj."

Arabic text

1697 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي نَافِعٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ حَفْصَةَ، رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ قَالَتْ: قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، مَا شَأْنُ النَّاسِ حَلُّوا وَلَمْ تَحْلِلْ أَنْتَ؟ قَالَ: «إِنِّي لَبَّدْتُ رَأْسِي، وَقَلَّدْتُ هَدْيِي، فَلاَ أَحِلُّ حَتَّى أَحِلَّ مِنَ الحَجِّ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1697

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1697

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1698

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1698. Narrated Āisha رضي الله عنها: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ used to send the Hady from Al-Madīna; and I used to twist the garlands for his Hady and he did not keep away from any of those things which a Muḥrim keeps away from.

Arabic text

1698 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عُرْوَةَ، وَعَنْ عَمْرَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: كَانَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «يُهْدِي مِنَ المَدِينَةِ، فَأَفْتِلُ قَلاَئِدَ هَدْيِهِ، ثُمَّ لاَ يَجْتَنِبُ شَيْئًا مِمَّا يَجْتَنِبُهُ المُحْرِمُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1698

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1698

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 108

The marking of the Budn (camels for sacrifice).

Hadith 1699

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1699. Narrated 'Āishah رضي الله عنها I twisted the garlands for the Hady (animals meant for sacrifice) of the Prophet ﷺ and then he marked and garlanded them (or I garlanded them) and then made them proceed to the Ka'bah (at Makkah) but he remained in Al-Madīna and no permissible thing was regarded as illegal for him then.

Arabic text

1699 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَفْلَحُ بْنُ حُمَيْدٍ، عَنِ القَاسِمِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: «فَتَلْتُ قَلاَئِدَ هَدْيِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، ثُمَّ أَشْعَرَهَا وَقَلَّدَهَا، أَوْ قَلَّدْتُهَا ثُمَّ بَعَثَ بِهَا إِلَى البَيْتِ، وَأَقَامَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ فَمَا حَرُمَ عَلَيْهِ شَيْءٌ كَانَ لَهُ حِلٌّ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1699

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1699

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 109

Whoever puts the garlands round the necks of the Hady (animals meant for sacrifice) with one's own hands.

Hadith 1700

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1700. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin Abū Bakr bin 'Amr bin Ḥazm that 'Amra bint 'Abdur-Raḥmān had told him, "Ziād bin Abū Sufyān wrote to 'Āishah رضي الله عنها that 'Abdullāh bin 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما had stated, 'Whoever sends his Hady (to the Ka'bah), all the things which are illegal for a (pilgrim) become illegal for that person till he slaughters it (i.e., till the 10th of Dhul-Hijjah).'" 'Amra added, " 'Āishah said, 'It is not like what Ibn 'Abbās had said. I twisted the garlands of the Hady of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ with my own hands, then Allāh's Messenger ﷺ put them round their neck with his own hands, then send them (to Makkah) with my father. Yet nothing permitted by Allāh was considered illegal for Allāh's Messenger ﷺ till the Hady were slaughtered.' "

Arabic text

1700 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ أَبِي بَكْرِ بْنِ عَمْرِو بْنِ حَزْمٍ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّهَا أَخْبَرَتْهُ أَنَّ زِيَادَ بْنَ أَبِي سُفْيَانَ كَتَبَ إِلَى عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا إِنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: مَنْ أَهْدَى هَدْيًا حَرُمَ عَلَيْهِ مَا يَحْرُمُ عَلَى الحَاجِّ حَتَّى يُنْحَرَ هَدْيُهُ، قَالَتْ عَمْرَةُ: فَقَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: لَيْسَ كَمَا قَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ، «أَنَا فَتَلْتُ قَلاَئِدَ هَدْيِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِيَدَيَّ، ثُمَّ قَلَّدَهَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِيَدَيْهِ، ثُمَّ بَعَثَ بِهَا مَعَ أَبِي، فَلَمْ يَحْرُمْ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ شَيْءٌ أَحَلَّهُ اللَّهُ لَهُ حَتَّى نُحِرَ الهَدْيُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1700

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1700

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 110

The garlanding of sheep.

Hadith 1701

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1701. Narrated 'Aishah: رضي الله عنها Once the Prophet ﷺ sent sheep as Hady.

Arabic text

1701 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: «أَهْدَى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَرَّةً غَنَمًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1701

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1701

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1702

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1702. Narrated 'Aishah: رضي الله عنها I used to make the garlands for (the Hady of) the Prophet ﷺ and he would garland the sheep (with them) and would stay with his family as a non-Muhrim.

Arabic text

1702 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو النُّعْمَانِ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الوَاحِدِ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: «كُنْتُ أَفْتِلُ القَلاَئِدَ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَيُقَلِّدُ الغَنَمَ، وَيُقِيمُ فِي أَهْلِهِ حَلاَلًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1702

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1702

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1703

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1703. Narrated 'Aishah: رضي الله عنها I used to twist the garlands for the sheep of the Prophet ﷺ and he would send them (to the Ka'bah), and stay as a non-Muhrim.

Arabic text

1703 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو النُّعْمَانِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مَنْصُورُ بْنُ المُعْتَمِرِ، ح وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: «كُنْتُ أَفْتِلُ قَلاَئِدَ الغَنَمِ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَيَبْعَثُ بِهَا، ثُمَّ يَمْكُثُ حَلاَلًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1703

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1703

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1704

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1704. Narrated 'Aishah: رضي الله عنها I twisted (the garlands) for the Hady of the Prophet ﷺ before he assumed Ihram.

Arabic text

1704 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا زَكَرِيَّاءُ، عَنْ عَامِرٍ، عَنْ مَسْرُوقٍ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: «فَتَلْتُ لِهَدْيِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - تَعْنِي القَلاَئِدَ - قَبْلَ أَنْ يُحْرِمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1704

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1704

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 111

The garlands made from coloured wool.

Hadith 1705

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1705. Narrated the Mother of the believers (‘Aishah رضي الله عنها: I twisted the garlands of the Hady from the coloured wool which was with me.

Arabic text

1705 - حَدَّثَنَا عَمْرُو بْنُ عَلِيٍّ، حَدَّثَنَا مُعَاذُ بْنُ مُعَاذٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ عَوْنٍ، عَنِ القَاسِمِ، عَنْ أُمِّ المُؤْمِنِينَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: «فَتَلْتُ قَلاَئِدَهَا مِنْ عِهْنٍ كَانَ عِنْدِي»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1705

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1705

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 112

Garlanding (the Hady) with a shoe.

Hadith 1706

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1706. Narrated ‘Ikrima: Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه said, “The Prophet ﷺ saw a man driving a Badana (sacrificial camel). The Prophet ﷺ said (to him), ‘Ride on it.’ He replied, ‘It is a Badana.’ The Prophet ﷺ again said, ‘Ride on it!’ Abū Hurairah added, “Then I saw that man riding it, showing obedience to the Prophet ﷺ, and a shoe was (hanging) from its neck.” Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه on the authority of the Prophet ﷺ: (as above).

Arabic text

1706 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدٌ هُوَ ابْنُ سَلَّامٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى بْنُ عَبْدِ الأَعْلَى، عَنْ مَعْمَرٍ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ أَبِي كَثِيرٍ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: أَنَّ نَبِيَّ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ رَأَى رَجُلًا يَسُوقُ بَدَنَةً، قَالَ: «ارْكَبْهَا» قَالَ: إِنَّهَا بَدَنَةٌ قَالَ: «ارْكَبْهَا»، قَالَ: فَلَقَدْ رَأَيْتُهُ رَاكِبَهَا، يُسَايِرُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَالنَّعْلُ فِي عُنُقِهَا، تَابَعَهُ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَشَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ المُبَارَكِ، عَنْ يَحْيَى، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1706

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1706

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 113

The covering (sheet) of the Budn (camels for sacrifice).

Hadith 1707

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1707. Narrated ‘Alī رضي الله عنه: Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ ordered me to give in charity the skin and the coverings of the Budn which I had slaughtered.

Arabic text

1707 - حَدَّثَنَا قَبِيصَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ ابْنِ أَبِي نَجِيحٍ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَالَ: «أَمَرَنِي رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنْ أَتَصَدَّقَ بِجِلاَلِ البُدْنِ الَّتِي نَحَرْتُ وَبِجُلُودِهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1707

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1707

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 114

The purchase of the Hady on the way and garlanding it.

Hadith 1708

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1708. Narrated Nāfi': Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا intended to perform Hajj in the year of the Hajj of Al-Haruriyya during the rule of Ibn Az-Zubair رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا. Some people said to him, "It is very likely that there will be a fight among the people, and we are afraid that they might prevent you (from performing Hajj)." He replied, "Verily, in Allāh's Messenger ﷺ there is a good example for you (to follow). In this case I would do the same as he ﷺ had done. I make you witness that I have intended to perform Umra." When he reached Al-Baidā', he said, "The conditions for both Hajj and Umra are the same. I make you witness that I have intended to perform Hajj along with Umra." After that he took a garlanded Hady (to Makkah) which he bought (on the way). When he reached (Makkah), he performed Tawāf of the Ka'bah and (Sā'y) of Aṣ-Ṣafa (and Al-Marwa) and did not do more than that. He did not make legal for himself the things which were illegal for a Muḥrim till it was the Day of Nahr (sacrifice), when he had his head shaved and slaughtered (the sacrifice) and considered sufficient his first Tawāf - [Sā'y (going) (between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa)], as a (Sā'y) for his Hajj and Umra both. He then said, "The Prophet ﷺ used to do like that."

Arabic text

1708 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ المُنْذِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو ضَمْرَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ قَالَ: أَرَادَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا الحَجَّ عَامَ حَجَّةِ الحَرُورِيَّةِ فِي عَهْدِ ابْنِ الزُّبَيْرِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، فَقِيلَ لَهُ: إِنَّ النَّاسَ كَائِنٌ بَيْنَهُمْ قِتَالٌ وَنَخَافُ أَنْ يَصُدُّوكَ، فَقَالَ: {لَقَدْ كَانَ لَكُمْ فِي رَسُولِ اللَّهِ أُسْوَةٌ حَسَنَةٌ} [الأحزاب: 21] «إِذًا أَصْنَعَ كَمَا صَنَعَ، أُشْهِدُكُمْ أَنِّي أَوْجَبْتُ عُمْرَةً» حَتَّى إِذَا كَانَ بِظَاهِرِ البَيْدَاءِ، قَالَ: «مَا شَأْنُ الحَجِّ وَالعُمْرَةِ إِلَّا وَاحِدٌ أُشْهِدُكُمْ أَنِّي قَدْ جَمَعْتُ حَجَّةً مَعَ عُمْرَةٍ»، وَأَهْدَى هَدْيًا مُقَلَّدًا اشْتَرَاهُ حَتَّى قَدِمَ، فَطَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ وَبِالصَّفَا، وَلَمْ يَزِدْ عَلَى ذَلِكَ، وَلَمْ يَحْلِلْ مِنْ شَيْءٍ حَرُمَ مِنْهُ حَتَّى يَوْمِ النَّحْرِ، فَحَلَقَ وَنَحَرَ، وَرَأَى أَنْ قَدْ قَضَى طَوَافَهُ الحَجَّ وَالعُمْرَةَ بِطَوَافِهِ، الأَوَّلِ ثُمَّ قَالَ: «كَذَلِكَ صَنَعَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1708

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1708

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 115

To slaughter cows (as sacrifices) on behalf of one's wives without being ordered by them.

Hadith 1709

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1709. Narrated 'Amra bint 'Abdur-Rahmān: I heard 'Aīshah رضي الله عنها saying, "Five days before the end of Dhul-Qa'da we set out from Al-Madīna in the company of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ with the intention of performing Hajj only. When we approached Makkah, Allāh's Messenger ﷺ ordered those who had no Hady with them to finish their Ihram after performing Tawāf of the Ka'bah and [Sā'y (going) between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa]." 'Aīshah رضي الله عنها added, "On the Day of Nahr beef was brought to us. I asked, "What is this?" It was said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ has slaughtered (cows as sacrifices) on behalf of his wives."

Arabic text

1709 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ عَمْرَةَ بِنْتِ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، قَالَتْ: سَمِعْتُ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا تَقُولُ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، لِخَمْسٍ بَقِينَ مِنْ ذِي القَعْدَةِ، لاَ نُرَى إِلَّا الحَجَّ، فَلَمَّا دَنَوْنَا مِنْ مَكَّةَ «أَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ مَعَهُ هَدْيٌ إِذَا طَافَ وَسَعَى بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ أَنْ يَحِلَّ»، قَالَتْ: فَدُخِلَ عَلَيْنَا يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ بِلَحْمِ بَقَرٍ، فَقُلْتُ: مَا هَذَا؟ قَالَ: نَحَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ أَزْوَاجِهِ، قَالَ: يَحْيَى، فَذَكَرْتُهُ لِلْقَاسِمِ، فَقَالَ: أَتَتْكَ بِالحَدِيثِ عَلَى وَجْهِهِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1709

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1709

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 116

To slaughter (sacrifices) at the Manhar (slaughtering place) of the Prophet ﷺ at Minā.

Hadith 1710

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1710. Narrated Nāfi': 'Abdullāh (bin 'Umar رضي الله عنهما) used to slaughter (his sacrifice) at the Manhar. ('Ubaidullāh, a sub-narrator said, "The Manhar of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ.")

Arabic text

1710 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، سَمِعَ خَالِدَ بْنَ الحَارِثِ، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عُمَرَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ «كَانَ يَنْحَرُ فِي المَنْحَرِ» قَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ: «مَنْحَرِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1710

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1710

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1711

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1711. Narrated Nāfi': Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما used to send his Hady from Jam' (to Mina) in the last third of the night with the pilgrims amongst whom there were free men and slaves, till it was made to enter into the Manḥar (slaughtering place) of the Prophet ﷺ.

Arabic text

1711 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ المُنْذِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَنَسُ بْنُ عِيَاضٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، «أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا كَانَ يَبْعَثُ بِهَدْيِهِ مِنْ جَمْعٍ مِنْ آخِرِ اللَّيْلِ، حَتَّى يُدْخَلَ بِهِ مَنْحَرُ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، مَعَ حُجَّاجٍ فِيهِمُ الحُرُّ، وَالمَمْلُوكُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1711

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1711

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 117

Nahr(1) (Slaughtering one's Hady) with one's own hands.

Hadith 1712

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1712. Narrated Sahl bin Bakkār the narration of Anas (abridged), saying, "The Prophet ﷺ performed Nahr (slaughtered) with his own hands seven Budn (camels) while standing. While at Madina on the day of 'Eiṣa-al-Adha he (the Prophet ﷺ) slaughtered (sacrificed) two horned rams, black and white in colour.

Arabic text

1712 - حَدَّثَنَا سَهْلُ بْنُ بَكَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ، - وَذَكَرَ الحَدِيثَ -، قَالَ: «وَنَحَرَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِيَدِهِ سَبْعَ بُدْنٍ قِيَامًا، وَضَحَّى بِالْمَدِينَةِ كَبْشَيْنِ أَمْلَحَيْنِ أَقْرَنَيْنِ» مُخْتَصَرًا

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1712

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1712

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 118

Slaughtering the camels after tying their one leg.

Hadith 1713

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1713. Narrated Ziyād bin Jubair: I saw Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا passing by a man who had made his Badana sit to slaughter it. Ibn 'Umar said, "Slaughter it while it is standing with one of its leg tied up as is the Sunna (legal way) of Muḥammad ﷺ."

Arabic text

1713 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مَسْلَمَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، عَنْ يُونُسَ، عَنْ زِيَادِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، قَالَ: رَأَيْتُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَتَى عَلَى رَجُلٍ قَدْ أَنَاخَ بَدَنَتَهُ يَنْحَرُهَا قَالَ: «ابْعَثْهَا قِيَامًا مُقَيَّدَةً سُنَّةَ مُحَمَّدٍ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»، وَقَالَ: شُعْبَةُ عَنْ يُونُسَ، أَخْبَرَنِي زِيَادٌ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1713

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1713

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 119

To slaughter the Budn (camels for sacrifice) while they are standing.

Hadith 1714

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1714. Narrated Anas رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ offered four Rak'ā of Zuhr prayers at Al-Madīna; and two Rak'ā of ʿAṣr prayer at Dhul-Ḥulaifa and spent the night there and when (the day) dawned, he mounted his Rāhila (mount) and started saying 'Lā ilāha illallāh (none has the right to be worshipped but Allāh)' and 'Glorified be Allāh'." When he reached Al-Baidā', he recited Talbīya for both Hajj and Umra. And when he arrived at Makkah, he ordered them (his Companions) to finish their Iḥrām. The Prophet ﷺ slaughtered seven Budn (camels) with his own hands while the camels were standing. Once the Prophet ﷺ sacrificed two horned rams (black and white in colour) at Al-Madīna, on the Day of Eid-al-Aḍha.

Arabic text

1714 - حَدَّثَنَا سَهْلُ بْنُ بَكَّارٍ، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَالَ: «صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ أَرْبَعًا، وَالعَصْرَ بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ، فَبَاتَ بِهَا، فَلَمَّا أَصْبَحَ رَكِبَ رَاحِلَتَهُ، فَجَعَلَ يُهَلِّلُ وَيُسَبِّحُ، فَلَمَّا عَلاَ عَلَى البَيْدَاءِ لَبَّى بِهِمَا جَمِيعًا، فَلَمَّا دَخَلَ مَكَّةَ أَمَرَهُمْ أَنْ يَحِلُّوا، وَنَحَرَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِيَدِهِ سَبْعَ بُدْنٍ قِيَامًا، وَضَحَّى بِالْمَدِينَةِ كَبْشَيْنِ أَمْلَحَيْنِ أَقْرَنَيْنِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1714

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1714

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1715

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1715. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ offered four Rak'ā of Zuhr prayers at Al-Madīna and two Rak'ā of ʿAṣr prayer at Dhul-Ḥulaifa. Narrated Ayyūb: "A man said: Anas said, 'Then he (the Prophet ﷺ) passed the night there till dawn and then he offered the Fajr prayer, and mounted his Rāhila (mount) and when it arrived at Al-Baidā' he assumed Iḥrām for both Umra and Hajj."

Arabic text

1715 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ أَبِي قِلاَبَةَ، عَنْ أَنَسِ بْنِ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَالَ: «صَلَّى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ الظُّهْرَ بِالْمَدِينَةِ أَرْبَعًا، وَالعَصْرَ بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ رَكْعَتَيْنِ»، وَعَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ رَجُلٍ، عَنْ أَنَسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: ثُمَّ «بَاتَ حَتَّى أَصْبَحَ، فَصَلَّى الصُّبْحَ، ثُمَّ رَكِبَ رَاحِلَتَهُ حَتَّى إِذَا اسْتَوَتْ بِهِ البَيْدَاءَ أَهَلَّ بِعُمْرَةٍ وَحَجَّةٍ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1715

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1715

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 120

The butcher should not be given anything of the Hady.

Hadith 1716

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1716(A). Narrated 'Alī رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ sent me to supervise the (slaughtering of) Budn (Hady) and ordered me to distribute their meat; and then he ordered me to distribute their covering sheets and skins. 1716(B). 'Ali رضي الله عنه added, "The Prophet ﷺ ordered me to supervise the slaughtering (of the Budn) and not to give anything of it to the butcher (as wages for slaughtering)."

Arabic text

1716 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي ابْنُ أَبِي نَجِيحٍ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَالَ: «بَعَثَنِي النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقُمْتُ عَلَى البُدْنِ، فَأَمَرَنِي فَقَسَمْتُ لُحُومَهَا، ثُمَّ أَمَرَنِي فَقَسَمْتُ جِلاَلَهَا وَجُلُودَهَا»، قَالَ سُفْيَانُ: وَحَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الكَرِيمِ، عَنْ مُجَاهِدٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ أَبِي لَيْلَى، عَنْ عَلِيٍّ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: أَمَرَنِي النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «أَنْ أَقُومَ عَلَى البُدْنِ، وَلاَ أُعْطِيَ عَلَيْهَا شَيْئًا فِي جِزَارَتِهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1716

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1716

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 121

The skins of Al-Hady are to be given in charity.

Hadith 1717

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1717. Narrated 'Ali رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ ordered me to supervise the (slaughtering) of Budn (Hady) camel) and to distribute their meat, skins and covering sheets in charity and not to give anything (of it) to the butcher as wages for slaughtering etc.

Arabic text

1717 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي الحَسَنُ بْنُ مُسْلِمٍ، وَعَبْدُ الكَرِيمِ الجَزَرِيُّ، أَنَّ مُجَاهِدًا، أَخْبَرَهُمَا أَنَّ عَبْدَ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنَ أَبِي لَيْلَى أَخْبَرَهُ أَنَّ عَلِيًّا رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ أَخْبَرَهُ: «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَمَرَهُ أَنْ يَقُومَ عَلَى بُدْنِهِ، وَأَنْ يَقْسِمَ بُدْنَهُ كُلَّهَا، لُحُومَهَا وَجُلُودَهَا وَجِلاَلَهَا، وَلاَ يُعْطِيَ فِي جِزَارَتِهَا شَيْئًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1717

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1717

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 122

The covering sheets of Budn are to be given in charity.

Hadith 1718

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1718. Narrated 'Ali رضي الله عنه: The Prophet ﷺ offered one hundred Budn as Hady and ordered me to distribute their meat (in charity) and I did so. Then he ordered me to distribute their covering sheets in charity and I did so. Then he ordered me to distribute their skins in charity and I did so.

Arabic text

1718 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سَيْفُ بْنُ أَبِي سُلَيْمَانَ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ مُجَاهِدًا، يَقُولُ: حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ أَبِي لَيْلَى، أَنَّ عَلِيًّا رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ حَدَّثَهُ قَالَ: «أَهْدَى النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِائَةَ بَدَنَةٍ، فَأَمَرَنِي بِلُحُومِهَا، فَقَسَمْتُهَا ثُمَّ أَمَرَنِي بِجِلاَلِهَا فَقَسَمْتُهَا، ثُمَّ بِجُلُودِهَا فَقَسَمْتُهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1718

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1718

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 123

"And (remember) when We showed Ibrāhīm (Abraham) the site of the (Sacred) House, (Ka'bah at Makkah), (saying): 'Associate not anything (in worship) with Me [Lā ilāha illallāh (none has the right to be worshipped but Allāh) – Islāmic Monotheism] and sanctify My House for those who circumambulate it, and those who stand up for prayer and those who bow (submit themselves with humility and obedience to Allah), and make prostration (in prayer).'

Chapter 124

What is to be eaten of Budn (by the one who offers them) and what is to be distributed in charity.

Hadith 1719

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1719. Narrated Ibn Jurāij: 'Aṭā' said, "I heard Jābir bin 'Abdullāh رضي الله عنهما saying, 'We never ate the meat of the Budn of Mina for more than three days. Later, the Prophet ﷺ gave us permission by saying: 'Eat and take (meat) with you. So, we ate (some) and took (some) with us.'" I asked 'Aṭā', "Did Jābir say (that they went on eating the meat) till they reached Al-Madīna?" 'Aṭā' replied, "No."

Arabic text

1719 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عَطَاءٌ، سَمِعَ جَابِرَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا يَقُولُ: كُنَّا لاَ نَأْكُلُ مِنْ لُحُومِ بُدْنِنَا فَوْقَ ثَلاَثِ مِنًى، فَرَخَّصَ لَنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: «كُلُوا وَتَزَوَّدُوا»، فَأَكَلْنَا وَتَزَوَّدْنَا قُلْتُ لِعَطَاءٍ: أَقَالَ: حَتَّى جِئْنَا المَدِينَةَ؟ قَالَ: لاَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1719

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1719

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1720

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1720. Narrated 'Amra: I heard 'Aishah رضي الله عنها saying, "We set out (from Al-Madīna) along with Allāh's Messenger ﷺ five days before the end of Dhul-Qa'da with the intention of performing Hajj only. When we approached Makkah, Allāh's Messenger ﷺ ordered those who had no Hady along with them to finish the Iḥrām after performing Tawāf of the Ka'bah, [and Sa'y (going) between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa]. 'Aishah رضي الله عنها added, "Beef was brought to us on the Day of Nahr and I said, 'What is this?' Somebody said, 'The Prophet ﷺ has slaughtered (cows) on behalf of his wives.'"

Arabic text

1720 - حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ مَخْلَدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُلَيْمَانُ بْنُ بِلاَلٍ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى، قَالَ: حَدَّثَتْنِي عَمْرَةُ، قَالَتْ: سَمِعْتُ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، تَقُولُ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِخَمْسٍ بَقِينَ مِنْ ذِي القَعْدَةِ، وَلاَ نُرَى إِلَّا الحَجَّ، حَتَّى إِذَا دَنَوْنَا مِنْ مَكَّةَ «أَمَرَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ مَعَهُ هَدْيٌ، إِذَا طَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ، ثُمَّ يَحِلُّ» قَالَتْ عَائِشَةُ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: فَدُخِلَ عَلَيْنَا يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ بِلَحْمِ بَقَرٍ، فَقُلْتُ: مَا هَذَا؟ فَقِيلَ: ذَبَحَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَنْ أَزْوَاجِهِ قَالَ يَحْيَى: فَذَكَرْتُ هَذَا الحَدِيثَ لِلْقَاسِمِ، فَقَالَ: أَتَتْكَ بِالحَدِيثِ عَلَى وَجْهِهِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1720

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1720

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 125

Slaughtering before having one's head shaved.

Hadith 1721

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1721. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ was asked about a person who had his head shaved before slaughtering (his Hady) (or other similar ceremonies of Hajj). He replied, "There is no harm, there is no harm."

Arabic text

1721 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ حَوْشَبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا هُشَيْمٌ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَنْصُورُ بْنُ زَاذَانَ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: سُئِلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَمَّنْ حَلَقَ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَذْبَحَ وَنَحْوِهِ فَقَالَ «لاَ حَرَجَ، لاَ حَرَجَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1721

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1721

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1722

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1722. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهم: A man said to the Prophet ﷺ, "I performed the Tawāf-al-Ifāda before the Ramy (throwing pebbles at the Jamra)." The Prophet ﷺ replied, "There is no harm." The man said, "I had my head shaved before slaughtering (the Hady)." The Prophet ﷺ replied, "There is no harm." He said, "I have slaughtered the Hady before the Ramy." The Prophet ﷺ replied, "There is no harm."

Arabic text

1722 - حَدَّثَنَا أَحْمَدُ بْنُ يُونُسَ، أَخْبَرَنَا أَبُو بَكْرٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ العَزِيزِ بْنِ رُفَيْعٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ رَجُلٌ لِلنَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: زُرْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَرْمِيَ، قَالَ «لاَ حَرَجَ». قَالَ: حَلَقْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَذْبَحَ، قَالَ: «لاَ حَرَجَ». قَالَ: ذَبَحْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَرْمِيَ، قَالَ: «لاَ حَرَجَ»، وَقَالَ عَبْدُ الرَّحِيمِ الرَّازِيُّ: عَنْ ابْنِ خُثَيْمٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عَطَاءٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَقَالَ القَاسِمُ بْنُ يَحْيَى: حَدَّثَنِي ابْنُ خُثَيْمٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَقَالَ عَفَّانُ: أُرَاهُ عَنْ وُهَيْبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ خُثَيْمٍ، عَنْ سَعِيدِ بْنِ جُبَيْرٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَقَالَ حَمَّادٌ: عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ سَعْدٍ، وَعَبَّادِ بْنِ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنْ جَابِرٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1722

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1722

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1723

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1723. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهم: A man asked the Prophet ﷺ (saying), "I have done the Ramy in the evening." The Prophet ﷺ replied, "There is no harm in it." Another man asked, "I had my head shaved before slaughtering (the Hady)." The Prophet ﷺ replied, "There is no harm in it."

Arabic text

1723 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ المُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الأَعْلَى، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: سُئِلَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَقَالَ: رَمَيْتُ بَعْدَ مَا أَمْسَيْتُ فَقَالَ: «لاَ حَرَجَ»، قَالَ: حَلَقْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَنْحَرَ، قَالَ: «لاَ حَرَجَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1723

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1723

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1724

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1724. Narrated Abū Mūsā رضي الله عنه I came to Allāh's Messenger ﷺ when he was at Al-Bathā'. He asked me, "Have you intended to perform the Hajj?" I replied in the affirmative. He asked, "With what intention have you assumed Ihrām?" I replied, "I have assumed Ihrām with the same intention as that of the Prophet ﷺ." The Prophet ﷺ said, "You have done well! Go and perform Tawāf round the Ka'bah and [Sa'y (going)] Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa." Then I went to one of the women of Banī Qais and she took out lice from my head. Later, I assumed another Ihrām for Hajj. So, I used to give this verdict to the people till the caliphate of 'Umar رضي الله عنه. When I told him about it, he said, "If we take (follow) Allāh's Book, then it orders you to remain in the state of Ihrām till you finish from Hajj(1), and if we follow the Sunna of Allāh's Messenger ﷺ then he did not finish his Ihrām till the Hady had reached its destination (had been slaughtered). (i.e., Hajj-al-Qirān). (See Hadīth No.1559)

Arabic text

1724 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدَانُ قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي أَبِي، عَنْ شُعْبَةَ، عَنْ قَيْسِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ طَارِقِ بْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ أَبِي مُوسَى رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: قَدِمْتُ عَلَى رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَهُوَ بِالْبَطْحَاءِ، فَقَالَ: «أَحَجَجْتَ؟»، قُلْتُ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: «بِمَا أَهْلَلْتَ؟»، قُلْتُ: لَبَّيْكَ بِإِهْلاَلٍ كَإِهْلاَلِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ، قَالَ: «أَحْسَنْتَ، انْطَلِقْ، فَطُفْ بِالْبَيْتِ، وَبِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ»، ثُمَّ أَتَيْتُ امْرَأَةً مِنْ نِسَاءِ بَنِي قَيْسٍ، فَفَلَتْ: رَأْسِي، ثُمَّ أَهْلَلْتُ بِالحَجِّ، فَكُنْتُ أُفْتِي بِهِ النَّاسَ، حَتَّى خِلاَفَةِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ فَذَكَرْتُهُ لَهُ، فَقَالَ: إِنْ نَأْخُذْ بِكِتَابِ اللَّهِ، فَإِنَّهُ يَأْمُرُنَا بِالتَّمَامِ، وَإِنْ نَأْخُذْ بِسُنَّةِ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فَإِنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لَمْ يَحِلَّ حَتَّى بَلَغَ الهَدْيُ مَحِلَّهُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1724

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1724

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 126

Whoever matted his head-hair on assuming Ihrām and had his head-hair shaved on finishing the Ihrām.

Hadith 1725

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1725. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما said, "O Allāh's Messenger! Hafsā رضي الله عنها said, "What is wrong with the people; they finished their Ihrām after performing Umra, but you have not finished it after your 'Umra?' He replied, "I have matted my head-hair and have garlanded my Hady. So, I cannot finish my Ihrām till I slaughter (my Had)."

Arabic text

1725 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ، عَنْ حَفْصَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ أَنَّهَا قَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ مَا شَأْنُ النَّاسِ حَلُّوا بِعُمْرَةٍ وَلَمْ تَحْلِلْ أَنْتَ مِنْ عُمْرَتِكَ؟ قَالَ: «إِنِّي لَبَّدْتُ رَأْسِي، وَقَلَّدْتُ هَدْيِي، فَلاَ أَحِلُّ حَتَّى أَنْحَرَ»

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.1724) i.e. to not finish the Ihrām, either perform Hajj-al-Qirān (if you have a Hady), or perform Hajj alone without the Umra and that is the opinion of 'Umar رضي الله عنه only.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1725

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1725

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 127

To shave the head and (or) to have the head-hair cut short on finishing the Ihrām.

Hadith 1726

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1726. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: Allah's Messenger ﷺ (got) his head shaved after performing his Hajj.

Arabic text

1726 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو اليَمَانِ، أَخْبَرَنَا شُعَيْبُ بْنُ أَبِي حَمْزَةَ، قَالَ: نَافِعٌ كَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا يَقُولُ: «حَلَقَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ فِي حَجَّتِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1726

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1726

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1727

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1727. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رضي الله عنهما: Allah's Messenger ﷺ said, "O Allāh! Be Merciful to those who have got their heads shaved." The people said, "O Allāh's Messenger! And (invoke Allāh for) those who have got their head-hair cut short." The Prophet ﷺ said, "O Allāh! Be Merciful to those who have got their heads shaved." The people said, "O Allāh's Messenger! And those who have got their head-hair cut short." The Prophet ﷺ said (the third time), "And to those who have got their head-hair cut short." Nāfi' said that the Prophet ﷺ had said once or twice, "O Allāh! Be Merciful to those who have got their head shaved," and on the fourth time he added, "And to those who have got their head-hair cut short."

Arabic text

1727 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمِ المُحَلِّقِينَ» قَالُوا: وَالمُقَصِّرِينَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ ارْحَمِ المُحَلِّقِينَ» قَالُوا: وَالمُقَصِّرِينَ يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: «وَالمُقَصِّرِينَ»، وَقَالَ اللَّيْثُ: حَدَّثَنِي نَافِعٌ: «رَحِمَ اللَّهُ المُحَلِّقِينَ» مَرَّةً أَوْ مَرَّتَيْنِ، قَالَ، وَقَالَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ: حَدَّثَنِي نَافِعٌ، وَقَالَ فِي الرَّابِعَةِ: «وَالمُقَصِّرِينَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1727

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1727

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1728

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1728. Narrated Abū Hurairah رضي الله عنه: Allah's Messenger ﷺ said, "O Allāh! Forgive those who have got their heads shaved." The people requested the Prophet ﷺ (saying), "Also those who have got their head-hair cut short?" "The Prophet ﷺ said, "O Allāh! Forgive those who have their heads shaved.” The people requested the Prophet ﷺ (saying): “Also (invoke Allāh for) those who have got their head-hair cut short?” The Prophet ﷺ (invoked) Allāh for those who have got their heads shaved and at the third time said, “— also (forgive) those who have got their head-hair cut short.”

Arabic text

1728 - حَدَّثَنَا عَيَّاشُ بْنُ الوَلِيدِ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ فُضَيْلٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عُمَارَةُ بْنُ القَعْقَاعِ، عَنْ أَبِي زُرْعَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي هُرَيْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ قَالَ: قَالَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِلْمُحَلِّقِينَ» قَالُوا: وَلِلْمُقَصِّرِينَ، قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِلْمُحَلِّقِينَ»، قَالُوا: وَلِلْمُقَصِّرِينَ، قَالَهَا ثَلاَثًا، قَالَ: «وَلِلْمُقَصِّرِينَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1728

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1728

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1729

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1729. Narrated ‘Abdullāh رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُ: The Prophet ﷺ and some of his Companions got their heads shaved and some others got their head-hair cut short.

Arabic text

1729 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ أَسْمَاءَ، حَدَّثَنَا جُوَيْرِيَةُ بْنُ أَسْمَاءَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ قَالَ: «حَلَقَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَطَائِفَةٌ مِنْ أَصْحَابِهِ وَقَصَّرَ بَعْضُهُمْ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1729

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1729

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1730

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1730. Narrated Mu‘āwiya رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُ: I cut short the head-hair of Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ with a long blade of an arrow-head.

Arabic text

1730 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَاصِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ جُرَيْجٍ، عَنِ الحَسَنِ بْنِ مُسْلِمٍ، عَنْ طَاوُسٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ، عَنْ مُعَاوِيَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمْ، قَالَ: «قَصَّرْتُ عَنْ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمِشْقَصٍ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1730

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1730

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 128

To get the head-hair cut short after performing ‘Umra of Hajj-at-Tamattu’.

Hadith 1731

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1731. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbās رَضِيَ اللهُ عَنْهُمَا: When the Prophet ﷺ came to Makkah, he ordered his Companions to perform Tawāf round the Ka‘bah and [Sa‘y (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa, to finish their Iḥrām and get their head-hair shaved or cut short.

Arabic text

1731 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ أَبِي بَكْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا فُضَيْلُ بْنُ سُلَيْمَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، أَخْبَرَنِي كُرَيْبٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «لَمَّا قَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مَكَّةَ أَمَرَ أَصْحَابَهُ أَنْ يَطُوفُوا بِالْبَيْتِ، وَبِالصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، ثُمَّ يَحِلُّوا وَيَحْلِقُوا أَوْ يُقَصِّرُوا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1731

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1731

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 129

The visit [(of the Ka'bah) to perform Tawāf-al-Ifāda] on the Day of Nahr.

Hadith 1732

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1732. Narrated Nāfi' that Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا performed only one Tawāf. He would take an afternoon nap and then return to Mina. That was on the day of Nahr (slaughtering).

Arabic text

1732 - وَقَالَ لَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا «أَنَّهُ طَافَ طَوَافًا وَاحِدًا ثُمَّ يَقِيلُ، ثُمَّ يَأْتِي مِنًى، يَعْنِي يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ» وَرَفَعَهُ عَبْدُ الرَّزَّاقِ، أَخْبَرَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1732

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1732

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1733

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1733. Narrated 'Āishah: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: We performed Hajj with the Prophet ﷺ and performed Tawāf-al-Ifāda on the Day of Nahr (slaughtering). Šafiyya got her menses and the Prophet ﷺ desired from her what a husband desires from his wife. I said to him, "O Allāh's Messenger! She is having her menses." He said, "Is she going to detain us?" We informed him that she had performed Tawāf-al-Ifāda on the Day of Nahr. He said, "(Then) depart."

Arabic text

1733 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ بُكَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا اللَّيْثُ، عَنْ جَعْفَرِ بْنِ رَبِيعَةَ، عَنِ الأَعْرَجِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَبُو سَلَمَةَ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، أَنَّ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: حَجَجْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَأَفَضْنَا يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ، فَحَاضَتْ صَفِيَّةُ فَأَرَادَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ مِنْهَا مَا يُرِيدُ الرَّجُلُ مِنْ أَهْلِهِ، فَقُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنَّهَا حَائِضٌ، قَالَ: «حَابِسَتُنَا هِيَ»، قَالُوا: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ أَفَاضَتْ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ، قَالَ: «اخْرُجُوا» وَيُذْكَرُ عَنِ القَاسِمِ، وَعُرْوَةَ، وَالأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، أَفَاضَتْ صَفِيَّةُ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1733

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1733

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 130

If one did the Ramy of the Jamra after Maghrib (evening) or has his head shaved before slaughtering the Hady because of forgetfulness or ignorance.

Hadith 1734

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1734. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ was asked about the slaughtering, shaving (of the head), and the doing of Ramy before or after their due times. He said, "There is no harm in that."

Arabic text

1734 - حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ إِسْمَاعِيلَ، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ قِيلَ لَهُ فِي الذَّبْحِ، وَالحَلْقِ، وَالرَّمْيِ، وَالتَّقْدِيمِ، وَالتَّأْخِيرِ فَقَالَ: «لَا حَرَجَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1734

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1734

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1735

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1735. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنهما: The Prophet ﷺ was asked (as regards the ceremonies of Hajj) at Minā on the Day of Nahr and he replied that there was no harm. Then a man said to him, "I got my head shaved before slaughtering." He replied, "Slaughter (now) and there is no harm in it." (Another) man said, "I did the Ramy (of the Jimār) after midday." The Prophet ﷺ replied, "There is no harm in it."

Arabic text

1735 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ زُرَيْعٍ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدٌ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُسْأَلُ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ بِمِنًى، فَيَقُولُ: «لاَ حَرَجَ» فَسَأَلَهُ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ: حَلَقْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَذْبَحَ، قَالَ: «اذْبَحْ وَلاَ حَرَجَ» وَقَالَ: رَمَيْتُ بَعْدَ مَا أَمْسَيْتُ، فَقَالَ: «لاَ حَرَجَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1735

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1735

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 131

To give religious verdicts near the Jamra while riding an animal.

Hadith 1736

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1736. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr رضي الله عنه: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ stopped (for a while near the Jimār at Minā) during his last Hajj and the people started asking him questions. A man said, "Ignorantly I got my head shaved before slaughtering." The Prophet ﷺ replied, "Slaughter (now) and there is no harm in it." Another man said, "Unknowingly I slaughtered the Hady before doing the Ramy." The Prophet ﷺ said, "Do Ramy now and there is no harm in it." So, on that day, when the Prophet ﷺ was asked about anything (about the ceremonies of Hajj) done before or after (its stated time) his reply was, "Do it (now) and there is no harm."

Arabic text

1736 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ عِيسَى بْنِ طَلْحَةَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ عَمْرٍو: أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَقَفَ فِي حَجَّةِ الوَدَاعِ، فَجَعَلُوا يَسْأَلُونَهُ، فَقَالَ رَجُلٌ: لَمْ أَشْعُرْ، فَحَلَقْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَذْبَحَ، قَالَ: «اذْبَحْ وَلاَ حَرَجَ»، فَجَاءَ آخَرُ فَقَالَ: لَمْ أَشْعُرْ فَنَحَرْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَرْمِيَ، قَالَ: «ارْمِ وَلاَ حَرَجَ»، فَمَا سُئِلَ يَوْمَئِذٍ عَنْ شَيْءٍ قُدِّمَ وَلاَ أُخِّرَ إِلَّا قَالَ: «افْعَلْ وَلاَ حَرَجَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1736

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1736

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1737

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1737. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr bin Al-'Ās: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: I witnessed the Prophet ﷺ when he was delivering the Khutba (religious talk) on the day of Nahr. A man stood up and said, "I thought that such and such was to be done before such and such. I got my hair shaved before slaughtering." (Another said), "I slaughtered the Hady before doing the Ramy." So, the people asked about many similar things. The Prophet ﷺ said, "Do it (now) and there is no harm in all these cases." Whenever the Prophet ﷺ was asked about anything on that day, he replied, "Do it (now) and there is no harm in it."

Arabic text

1737 - حَدَّثَنَا سَعِيدُ بْنُ يَحْيَى بْنِ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، حَدَّثَنِي الزُّهْرِيُّ، عَنْ عِيسَى بْنِ طَلْحَةَ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عَمْرِو بْنِ العَاصِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، حَدَّثَهُ: أَنَّهُ شَهِدَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ، فَقَامَ إِلَيْهِ رَجُلٌ فَقَالَ: كُنْتُ أَحْسِبُ أَنَّ كَذَا قَبْلَ كَذَا، ثُمَّ قَامَ آخَرُ فَقَالَ: كُنْتُ أَحْسِبُ أَنَّ كَذَا قَبْلَ كَذَا، حَلَقْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَنْحَرَ، نَحَرْتُ قَبْلَ أَنْ أَرْمِيَ، وَأَشْبَاهَ ذَلِكَ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «افْعَلْ وَلاَ حَرَجَ» لَهُنَّ كُلِّهِنَّ، فَمَا سُئِلَ يَوْمَئِذٍ عَنْ شَيْءٍ إِلَّا قَالَ: «افْعَلْ وَلاَ حَرَجَ»،

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1737

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1737

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1738

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1738. Narrated 'Abdullāh bin 'Amr bin Al-'Āsi: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: Allāh's Messenger ﷺ stopped (near the Jimār at Mina) while on his she-camel (the subnarrator then narrated the Hadith as above, i.e. Hadith No.1737).

Arabic text

1738 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنَا يَعْقُوبُ بْنُ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، عَنْ صَالِحٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، حَدَّثَنِي عِيسَى بْنُ طَلْحَةَ بْنِ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عَمْرِو بْنِ العَاصِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: وَقَفَ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ عَلَى نَاقَتِهِ، فَذَكَرَ الحَدِيثَ، تَابَعَهُ مَعْمَرٌ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1738

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1738

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 132

Al-Khutba (religious talk) during the Days of Minā.

Hadith 1739

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: 1739. Narrated 'Ikrima: Ibn 'Abbās said: "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ delivered a Khutba (religious talk) on the day of Nahr, and said, 'O people! (Tell me) what is the day today?' The people replied, 'It is the forbidden (sacred) day.' He asked again, 'What town is this?' They replied, 'It is the forbidden (sacred) town (Makkah).' He asked, 'Which month is this?' They replied, 'It is the forbidden (sacred) month.' He said, 'No doubt! Your blood, your properties, and your honour are sacred to one another like the sanctity of this day of yours, in this town (Makkah) of yours, in this month of yours.' The Prophet ﷺ repeated his statement again and again. After that he raised his head and said, 'O Allāh! Haven't I conveyed (Your Message) to them? Haven't I conveyed Your Message to them?' Ibn 'Abbās added, "By Him in Whose Hand my soul is, the following was his will (Prophet's will) to his followers: 'It is incumbent upon those who are present to convey this information to those who are absent. Beware don't renegade (as) disbelievers (turn into infidels) after me, by striking the necks (cutting the throats) of one another (i.e., by killing one another).'"

Arabic text

1739 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنِي يَحْيَى بْنُ سَعِيدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا فُضَيْلُ بْنُ غَزْوَانَ، حَدَّثَنَا عِكْرِمَةُ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ خَطَبَ النَّاسَ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ فَقَالَ: «يَا أَيُّهَا النَّاسُ أَيُّ يَوْمٍ هَذَا؟»، قَالُوا: يَوْمٌ حَرَامٌ، قَالَ: «فَأَيُّ بَلَدٍ هَذَا؟»، قَالُوا: بَلَدٌ حَرَامٌ، قَالَ: «فَأَيُّ شَهْرٍ هَذَا؟»، قَالُوا: شَهْرٌ حَرَامٌ "، قَالَ: «فَإِنَّ دِمَاءَكُمْ وَأَمْوَالَكُمْ وَأَعْرَاضَكُمْ عَلَيْكُمْ حَرَامٌ، كَحُرْمَةِ يَوْمِكُمْ هَذَا، فِي بَلَدِكُمْ هَذَا، فِي شَهْرِكُمْ هَذَا»، فَأَعَادَهَا مِرَارًا، ثُمَّ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ فَقَالَ: " اللَّهُمَّ هَلْ بَلَّغْتُ، اللَّهُمَّ هَلْ بَلَّغْتُ - قَالَ ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: فَوَالَّذِي نَفْسِي بِيَدِهِ، إِنَّهَا لَوَصِيَّتُهُ إِلَى أُمَّتِهِ، فَلْيُبْلِغِ الشَّاهِدُ الغَائِبَ، لاَ تَرْجِعُوا بَعْدِي كُفَّارًا، يَضْرِبُ بَعْضُكُمْ رِقَابَ بَعْضٍ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1739

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1739

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1740

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: 1740. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās I heard the Prophet ﷺ delivering a Khutba (religious talk) at 'Arafāt.

Arabic text

1740 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرٌو، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ جَابِرَ بْنَ زَيْدٍ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ، رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: «سَمِعْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَخْطُبُ بِعَرَفَاتٍ» تَابَعَهُ ابْنُ عُيَيْنَةَ، عَنْ عَمْرٍو

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1740

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1740

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1741

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: 1741. Narrated Abū Bakra The Prophet ﷺ delivered to us a Khutba (religious talk) on the day of Nahr. He said, "Do you know what is the day today?" We said, "Allāh and His Messenger know better." He remained silent till we thought that he might give that day another name. He said, "Isn't it the day of Nahr?" We said, "Yes! It is." He further asked, "Which month is this?" We said, "Allāh and His Messenger know better." He remained silent till we thought that he might give it another name. He then said, "Isn't it the month of Dhul-Hijjah?" We replied: "Yes! It is." He further asked, "What town is this?" We replied, "Allāh and His Messenger know it better." He remained silent till we thought that he might give it another name. He then said, "Isn't it the forbidden (sacred) town (of Makkah)?" We said, "Yes! It is." He said, "No doubt, your blood and your properties are sacred to one another like the sanctity of this day of yours, in this month of yours, in this town of yours, till the day you meet your Lord (Allāh). No doubt! Haven't I conveyed Allāh's Message to you? They said, "Yes (you have)." He said, "O Allāh! Be witness. So it is incumbent upon those who are present to convey it (this information) to those who are absent because the informed one might comprehend it (what I have said) better than the present audience who will convey it to him. Beware! Do not renegade (as) disbelievers after me by striking the necks (cutting the throats) of one another (i.e., by killing one another)."

Arabic text

1741 - حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ مُحَمَّدٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَامِرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا قُرَّةُ، عَنْ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ سِيرِينَ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ، وَرَجُلٌ - أَفْضَلُ فِي نَفْسِي مِنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ -، حُمَيْدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ، عَنْ أَبِي بَكْرَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، قَالَ: خَطَبَنَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ، قَالَ: «أَتَدْرُونَ أَيُّ يَوْمٍ هَذَا؟»، قُلْنَا: اللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَعْلَمُ، فَسَكَتَ حَتَّى ظَنَنَّا أَنَّهُ سَيُسَمِّيهِ بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهِ، قَالَ: «أَلَيْسَ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ؟» قُلْنَا: بَلَى، قَالَ: «أَيُّ شَهْرٍ هَذَا؟»، قُلْنَا: اللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَعْلَمُ، فَسَكَتَ حَتَّى ظَنَنَّا أَنَّهُ سَيُسَمِّيهِ بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهِ، فَقَالَ «أَلَيْسَ ذُو الحَجَّةِ؟»، قُلْنَا: بَلَى، قَالَ «أَيُّ بَلَدٍ هَذَا؟» قُلْنَا: اللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَعْلَمُ، فَسَكَتَ حَتَّى ظَنَنَّا أَنَّهُ سَيُسَمِّيهِ بِغَيْرِ اسْمِهِ، قَالَ «أَلَيْسَتْ بِالْبَلْدَةِ الحَرَامِ؟» قُلْنَا: بَلَى، قَالَ: «فَإِنَّ دِمَاءَكُمْ وَأَمْوَالَكُمْ عَلَيْكُمْ حَرَامٌ، كَحُرْمَةِ يَوْمِكُمْ هَذَا، فِي شَهْرِكُمْ هَذَا، فِي بَلَدِكُمْ هَذَا، إِلَى يَوْمِ تَلْقَوْنَ رَبَّكُمْ، أَلَا هَلْ بَلَّغْتُ؟»، قَالُوا: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: «اللَّهُمَّ اشْهَدْ، فَلْيُبَلِّغِ الشَّاهِدُ الغَائِبَ، فَرُبَّ مُبَلَّغٍ أَوْعَى مِنْ سَامِعٍ، فَلَا تَرْجِعُوا بَعْدِي كُفَّارًا، يَضْرِبُ بَعْضُكُمْ رِقَابَ بَعْضٍ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1741

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1741

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1742

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

At رضي الله عنها 1742. Narrated Ibn 'Umar Mina, the Prophet ﷺ said, "Do you know what is the day today?" The people replied, "Allāh and His Messenger know it better." He said, "It is the forbidden (sacred) day. And do you know what town is this?" They replied, "Allāh and His Messenger know it better." He said, "This is the forbidden (sacred) town (Makkah). And do you know which month is this?" The people replied, "Allāh and His Messenger know it better." He said, "This is the forbidden (sacred) month." The Prophet ﷺ added, "No doubt, Allāh made your blood, your properties, and your honour sacred to one another like the sanctity of this day of yours in this month of yours in this town of yours." Narrated Ibn 'Umar: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: On the day of Nahr (10th of Dhul-Hijjah), the Prophet ﷺ stood in between the Jamrāt during his Hajj which he performed (as in the previous Hadīth) and said, "This is the greatest day (i.e., 10th of Dhul-Hijjah)." The Prophet ﷺ started saying repeatedly, "O Allāh! Be Witness (I have conveyed Your Message)." He then bade the people farewell. The people said, "This is Hajjat-ul-Wadā'."

Arabic text

1742 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ المُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا يَزِيدُ بْنُ هَارُونَ، أَخْبَرَنَا عَاصِمُ بْنُ مُحَمَّدِ بْنِ زَيْدٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: قَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِمِنًى: «أَتَدْرُونَ أَيُّ يَوْمٍ هَذَا؟»، قَالُوا: اللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَعْلَمُ، فَقَالَ: «فَإِنَّ هَذَا يَوْمٌ حَرَامٌ، أَفَتَدْرُونَ أَيُّ بَلَدٍ هَذَا؟»، قَالُوا اللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَعْلَمُ، قَالَ: «بَلَدٌ حَرَامٌ، أَفَتَدْرُونَ أَيُّ شَهْرٍ هَذَا؟»، قَالُوا: اللَّهُ وَرَسُولُهُ أَعْلَمُ، قَالَ: " شَهْرٌ حَرَامٌ، قَالَ: فَإِنَّ اللَّهَ حَرَّمَ عَلَيْكُمْ دِمَاءَكُمْ، وَأَمْوَالَكُمْ، وَأَعْرَاضَكُمْ كَحُرْمَةِ يَوْمِكُمْ هَذَا، فِي شَهْرِكُمْ هَذَا، فِي بَلَدِكُمْ هَذَا "، وَقَالَ هِشَامُ بْنُ الغَازِ: أَخْبَرَنِي نَافِعٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، وَقَفَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ بَيْنَ الجَمَرَاتِ فِي الحَجَّةِ الَّتِي حَجَّ بِهَذَا، وَقَالَ: «هَذَا يَوْمُ الحَجِّ الأَكْبَرِ» فَطَفِقَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَقُولُ: «اللَّهُمَّ اشْهَدْ» وَوَدَّعَ النَّاسَ، فَقَالُوا: هَذِهِ حَجَّةُ الوَدَاعِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1742

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1742

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 133

May those who provide the pilgrims with water stay at Makkah during the nights of Mina?

Hadith 1743

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1743. Narrated Ibn 'Umar: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: The Prophet ﷺ permitted (them).

Arabic text

1743 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عُبَيْدِ بْنِ مَيْمُونٍ، حَدَّثَنَا عِيسَى بْنُ يُونُسَ، عَنْ عُبَيْدِ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، رَخَّصَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ ح

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1743

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1743

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1744

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1744. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا that the Prophet ﷺ allowed (as above).

Arabic text

1744 - حَدَّثَنَا يَحْيَى بْنُ مُوسَى، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ بَكْرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، أَخْبَرَنِي عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَذِنَ ح

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1744

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1744

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1745

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1745. Narrated Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا Al-'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ asked permission from the Prophet ﷺ to stay at Makkah during the nights of Mina in order to provide water to the people, so the Prophet ﷺ allowed him.

Arabic text

1745 - وحَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ بْنِ نُمَيْرٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي نَافِعٌ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّ العَبَّاسَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ اسْتَأْذَنَ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لِيَبِيتَ بِمَكَّةَ لَيَالِيَ مِنًى مِنْ أَجْلِ سِقَايَتِهِ، «فَأَذِنَ لَهُ» تَابَعَهُ أَبُو أُسَامَةَ، وَعُقْبَةُ بْنُ خَالِدٍ، وَأَبُو ضَمْرَةَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1745

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1745

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 134

To do the Ramy of the Jimār.

Hadith 1746

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1746. Narrated Wabra: I asked Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا "When should I do the Ramy of the Jimār?" He replied, "When your leader does that." I asked him again the same question. He replied, "We used to wait till the sun declined and then we would do the Ramy (i.e., on the 11th and 12th of Dhul-Hijjah)."

Arabic text

1746 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا مِسْعَرٌ، عَنْ وَبَرَةَ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، مَتَى أَرْمِي الجِمَارَ؟ قَالَ: «إِذَا رَمَى إِمَامُكَ، فَارْمِهْ» فَأَعَدْتُ عَلَيْهِ المَسْأَلَةَ، قَالَ: «كُنَّا نَتَحَيَّنُ فَإِذَا زَالَتِ الشَّمْسُ رَمَيْنَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1746

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1746

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 135

To do the Ramy of Jimār from the middle of the valley.

Hadith 1747

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1747. Narrated 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Yazīd: 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd) رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ did the Ramy from the middle of the valley. So, I said, "O, Abū 'Abdur-Raḥmān! Some people do the Ramy (of the Jamra) from above it (i.e., from the top of the valley)." He said, "By Him except Whom none has the right to be worshipped, this is the place from where the one - on whom Sūrat Al-Baqarah was revealed (i.e. Allāh's Messenger ﷺ) - did the Ramy."

Arabic text

1747 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ كَثِيرٍ، أَخْبَرَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ الأَعْمَشِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، قَالَ: رَمَى عَبْدُ اللَّهِ مِنْ بَطْنِ الوَادِي، فَقُلْتُ: يَا أَبَا عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ إِنَّ نَاسًا يَرْمُونَهَا مِنْ فَوْقِهَا؟ فَقَالَ: «وَالَّذِي لاَ إِلَهَ غَيْرُهُ، هَذَا مَقَامُ الَّذِي أُنْزِلَتْ عَلَيْهِ سُورَةُ البَقَرَةِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»، وَقَالَ عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ الوَلِيدِ: حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، بِهَذَا بَابُ رَمْيِ الجِمَارِ بِسَبْعِ حَصَيَاتٍ ذَكَرَهُ ابْنُ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1747

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1747

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 136

The Ramy of the Jimār with seven small stones.

Hadith 1748

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1748. Narrated 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Yazīd: When 'Abdullāh (bin Mas'ūd) رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ reached the big Jamra (i.e. Jamrat-ul-'Aqaba) he kept the Ka'bah on the left side and Mina on his right side and threw seven pebbles (at the Jamra) and said, "The one on whom Sūrat Al-Baqarah was revealed (i.e., the Prophet ﷺ) had done the Ramy similarly."

Arabic text

1748 - حَدَّثَنَا حَفْصُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، عَنِ الحَكَمِ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، أَنَّهُ انْتَهَى إِلَى الجَمْرَةِ الكُبْرَى جَعَلَ البَيْتَ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ وَمِنًى عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، وَرَمَى بِسَبْعٍ وَقَالَ: «هَكَذَا رَمَى الَّذِي أُنْزِلَتْ عَلَيْهِ سُورَةُ البَقَرَةِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1748

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1748

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 137

Keeping the House (Ka'bah) on the left on doing Ramy of the Jamrat-ul-'Aqaba.

Hadith 1749

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1749. Narrated 'Abdur-Raḥmān bin Yazīd: I performed Hajj with Ibn Mas'ūd رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ and saw him doing Ramy of the big Jamra (Jamrat-ul-'Aqaba) with seven smallpebbles, keeping the Ka'bah on his left sideand Mina on his right. He then said, "This isthe place where the one on whom Sūrat Al-Baqarah was revealed (i.e. Allāh'sMessenger ﷺ) stood."

Arabic text

1749 - حَدَّثَنَا آدَمُ، حَدَّثَنَا شُعْبَةُ، حَدَّثَنَا الحَكَمُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، أَنَّهُ حَجَّ مَعَ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، فَرَآهُ يَرْمِي الجَمْرَةَ الكُبْرَى بِسَبْعِ حَصَيَاتٍ، فَجَعَلَ البَيْتَ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ وَمِنًى عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «هَذَا مَقَامُ الَّذِي أُنْزِلَتْ عَلَيْهِ سُورَةُ البَقَرَةِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1749

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1749

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 138

To say 'Allāhu Akbar(Allāh is the Most Great)' on throwingevery pebble.

Hadith 1750

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1750. Narrated Al-A'mash: I heard Al-Hajjāj saying on the pulpit, "The Surah inwhich Al-Baqarah (the cow) is mentionedand the Sūrah in which the family of 'Imrān ismentioned and the Sūrah in which thewomen (An-Nisā) is mentioned." Imentioned this to Ibrāhīm, and he said,"Abdur-Raḥmān bin Yazīd told me, 'I waswith (Abdullah) Ibn Mas'ūd رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ whenhe did the Ramy of the Jamrat-ul-'Aqaba. Hewent down the middle of the valley, andwhen he came near the tree (which was nearthe Jamra) he stood opposite to it and threwseven small pebbles and said: Allāhu Akbaron throwing every pebble.' Then he said, 'ByHim, except Whom none has the right to beworshipped, here (at this place) stood theone on whom Sūrat Al-Baqarah was revealed(i.e., Allāh's Messenger ﷺ).'"

Arabic text

1750 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الوَاحِدِ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، قَالَ: سَمِعْتُ الحَجَّاجَ، يَقُولُ عَلَى المِنْبَرِ: السُّورَةُ الَّتِي يُذْكَرُ فِيهَا البَقَرَةُ، وَالسُّورَةُ الَّتِي يُذْكَرُ فِيهَا آلُ عِمْرَانَ، وَالسُّورَةُ الَّتِي يُذْكَرُ فِيهَا النِّسَاءُ، قَالَ: فَذَكَرْتُ ذَلِكَ لِإِبْرَاهِيمَ فَقَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ يَزِيدَ أَنَّهُ كَانَ مَعَ ابْنِ مَسْعُودٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ حِينَ رَمَى جَمْرَةَ العَقَبَةِ، فَاسْتَبْطَنَ الوَادِيَ حَتَّى إِذَا حَاذَى بِالشَّجَرَةِ اعْتَرَضَهَا، فَرَمَى بِسَبْعِ حَصَيَاتٍ يُكَبِّرُ مَعَ كُلِّ حَصَاةٍ ثُمَّ قَالَ: «مِنْ هَا هُنَا وَالَّذِي لاَ إِلَهَ غَيْرُهُ قَامَ الَّذِي أُنْزِلَتْ عَلَيْهِ سُورَةُ البَقَرَةِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1750

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1750

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 139

Not standing (forinvocation) after doing Ramy of the Jamrat-ul-'Aqaba.

Chapter 140

After doing Ramy of the (other) two Jamrāt (Dunya and Wustā) one should go and stand on level ground, (and invoke Allāh), facing the Qiblah (Ka'bah at Makkah).

Hadith 1751

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1751. Narrated Sālim: Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنهما used to do Ramy of the Jamrat-ud-Dunya (the Jamra near to the Khaif mosque) with seven small stones and used to recite Takbīr on throwing every pebble. He then would go ahead till he reached the level ground; where he would stand facing the Qiblah for a long time and invoke (Allāh) while raising his hands. Then he would do Ramy of the Jamrat-ul-Wustā (middle Jamra) and then he would go to the left towards the middle ground, where he would stand facing the Qiblah. He would remain standing there for a long period and invoke (Allāh) while raising his hands. Then he would do Ramy of the Jamrat-ul-Aqaba from the middle of the valley, but he would not stay by it, and then he would leave and say, "I saw the Prophet ﷺ doing like this."

Arabic text

1751 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ أَبِي شَيْبَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا طَلْحَةُ بْنُ يَحْيَى، حَدَّثَنَا يُونُسُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، عَنْ سَالِمٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: أَنَّهُ كَانَ يَرْمِي الجَمْرَةَ الدُّنْيَا بِسَبْعِ حَصَيَاتٍ، يُكَبِّرُ عَلَى إِثْرِ كُلِّ حَصَاةٍ، ثُمَّ يَتَقَدَّمُ حَتَّى يُسْهِلَ، فَيَقُومَ مُسْتَقْبِلَ القِبْلَةِ، فَيَقُومُ طَوِيلًا، وَيَدْعُو وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ، ثُمَّ يَرْمِي الوُسْطَى، ثُمَّ يَأْخُذُ ذَاتَ الشِّمَالِ فَيَسْتَهِلُ، وَيَقُومُ مُسْتَقْبِلَ القِبْلَةِ، فَيَقُومُ طَوِيلًا، وَيَدْعُو وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ، وَيَقُومُ طَوِيلًا، ثُمَّ يَرْمِي جَمْرَةَ ذَاتِ العَقَبَةِ مِنْ بَطْنِ الوَادِي، وَلاَ يَقِفُ عِنْدَهَا، ثُمَّ يَنْصَرِفُ، فَيَقُولُ «هَكَذَا رَأَيْتُ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُهُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1751

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1751

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 141

To raise the hands (for invocation) near Al-Jamrat-ud-Dunya and Al-Jamrat-ul-Wustā.

Hadith 1752

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1752. Narrated Sālim bin 'Abdullāh: 'Abdullāh bin 'Umar رضي الله عنهما used to do Ramy of the Jamrat-ud-Dunya with seven small pebbles and used to recite Takbīr on throwing each stone. He, then, would proceed further till he reached the level ground, where he would stay for a long time, facing the Qiblah to invoke (Allāh) while raising his hands. Then he would do Ramy of the Jamrat-ul-Wustā similarly and would go to the left towards the level ground, where he would stand for a long time facing the Qiblah to invoke (Allāh) while raising his hands. Then he would do Ramy of the Jamrat-al-'Aqaba from the middle of the valley, but he would not stay by it. Ibn 'Umar used to say, "I saw Allāh's Messenger ﷺ doing like that."

Arabic text

1752 - حَدَّثَنَا إِسْمَاعِيلُ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، قَالَ: حَدَّثَنِي أَخِي ، عَنْ سُلَيْمَانَ، عَنْ يُونُسَ بْنِ يَزِيدَ، عَنِ ابْنِ شِهَابٍ، عَنْ سَالِمِ بْنِ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، أَنَّ عَبْدَ اللَّهِ بْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، كَانَ يَرْمِي الجَمْرَةَ الدُّنْيَا بِسَبْعِ حَصَيَاتٍ، ثُمَّ يُكَبِّرُ عَلَى إِثْرِ كُلِّ حَصَاةٍ، ثُمَّ يَتَقَدَّمُ فَيُسْهِلُ، فَيَقُومُ مُسْتَقْبِلَ القِبْلَةِ قِيَامًا طَوِيلًا، فَيَدْعُو وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ، ثُمَّ يَرْمِي الجَمْرَةَ الوُسْطَى كَذَلِكَ، فَيَأْخُذُ ذَاتَ الشِّمَالِ فَيُسْهِلُ وَيَقُومُ مُسْتَقْبِلَ القِبْلَةِ قِيَامًا طَوِيلًا، فَيَدْعُو وَيَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ، ثُمَّ يَرْمِي الجَمْرَةَ ذَاتَ العَقَبَةِ مِنْ بَطْنِ الوَادِي، وَلاَ يَقِفُ عِنْدَهَا، وَيَقُولُ: «هَكَذَا رَأَيْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يَفْعَلُ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1752

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1752

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 142

Invoking (Allāh) near the two Jamrāt.

Hadith 1753

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1753. Narrated Az-Zuhri: Whenever Allāh's Messenger ﷺ stoned the Jamra near Mina mosque, he would do Ramy of it with seven small pebbles and say Takbir on throwing each pebble. Then he would go ahead and stand facing the Qiblah with his hands raised, and invoke (Allāh) and he used to stand for a long period. Then he would come to the second Jamra (Al-Wustā) and stone it with seven small stones, reciting Takbir on throwing each stone. Then he would descend to the left near the valley and stand facing the Qiblah with raised hands to invoke (Allāh). Then he would come to the Jamra near the 'Aqaba (Jamrat-ul-'Aqaba) and do Ramy of it with seven small pebbles, reciting Takbir on throwing each stone. He then would leave and not stay by it. Narrated Az-Zuhri: I heard Sālim bin 'Abdullāh saying the same that his father said so on the authority of the Prophet ﷺ. And Ibn 'Umar used to do the same.

Arabic text

1753 - وَقَالَ مُحَمَّدٌ: حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ عُمَرَ، أَخْبَرَنَا يُونُسُ، عَنِ الزُّهْرِيِّ، «أَنَّ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ إِذَا رَمَى الجَمْرَةَ الَّتِي تَلِي مَسْجِدَ مِنًى يَرْمِيهَا بِسَبْعِ حَصَيَاتٍ، يُكَبِّرُ كُلَّمَا رَمَى بِحَصَاةٍ، ثُمَّ تَقَدَّمَ أَمَامَهَا، فَوَقَفَ مُسْتَقْبِلَ القِبْلَةِ، رَافِعًا يَدَيْهِ يَدْعُو، وَكَانَ يُطِيلُ الوُقُوفَ، ثُمَّ يَأْتِي الجَمْرَةَ الثَّانِيَةَ، فَيَرْمِيهَا بِسَبْعِ حَصَيَاتٍ، يُكَبِّرُ كُلَّمَا رَمَى بِحَصَاةٍ، ثُمَّ يَنْحَدِرُ ذَاتَ اليَسَارِ، مِمَّا يَلِي الوَادِيَ، فَيَقِفُ مُسْتَقْبِلَ القِبْلَةِ رَافِعًا يَدَيْهِ يَدْعُو، ثُمَّ يَأْتِي الجَمْرَةَ الَّتِي عِنْدَ العَقَبَةِ، فَيَرْمِيهَا بِسَبْعِ حَصَيَاتٍ، يُكَبِّرُ عِنْدَ كُلِّ حَصَاةٍ، ثُمَّ يَنْصَرِفُ وَلاَ يَقِفُ عِنْدَهَا» قَالَ الزُّهْرِيُّ: سَمِعْتُ سَالِمَ بْنَ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، يُحَدِّثُ مِثْلَ هَذَا، عَنْ أَبِيهِ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَكَانَ ابْنُ عُمَرَ يَفْعَلُهُ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1753

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1753

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 143

To perfume oneself after doing Ramy of the Jimār and to have one's head shaved before Tawāf-al-Ifāda.

Hadith 1754

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1754. Narrated 'Abdur-Rahmān bin Al-Qāsim: I heard my father who was the best man of his age, saying, "I heard 'Āishah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا saying, 'I perfumed Allāh's Messenger ﷺ with my own hands before finishing his Ihrām while yet he has not performed Tawāf-al-Ifāda.' She spread her hands (while saying so.)"

Arabic text

1754 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنُ القَاسِمِ، أَنَّهُ سَمِعَ أَبَاهُ، وَكَانَ - أَفْضَلَ أَهْلِ زَمَانِهِ - يَقُولُ: سَمِعْتُ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، تَقُولُ: «طَيَّبْتُ رَسُولَ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ بِيَدَيَّ هَاتَيْنِ، حِينَ أَحْرَمَ، وَلِحِلِّهِ حِينَ أَحَلَّ، قَبْلَ أَنْ يَطُوفَ، وَبَسَطَتْ يَدَيْهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1754

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1754

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 144

Tawāf-al-Wadā.

Hadith 1755

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1755. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: The people were ordered to perform the Tawāf of the Ka'bah (Tawāf-al-Wadā) as the last thing before leaving (Makkah), except the menstruating women who were exempted.

Arabic text

1755 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسَدَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنِ ابْنِ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا قَالَ: «أُمِرَ النَّاسُ أَنْ يَكُونَ آخِرُ عَهْدِهِمْ بِالْبَيْتِ، إِلَّا أَنَّهُ خُفِّفَ عَنِ الحَائِضِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1755

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1755

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1756

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1756. Narrated Anas bin Mālik رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ: The Prophet ﷺ offered the Zuhr, Asr, Maghrib and the Ishā Ṣalāt (prayers) and slept for a while at a place called Al-Muḥaṣṣab and then rode to the Ka'bah and performed Tawāf round it (Tawāf-al-Wadā).

Arabic text

1756 - حَدَّثَنَا أَصْبَغُ بْنُ الفَرَجِ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، عَنْ عَمْرِو بْنِ الحَارِثِ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، أَنَّ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، حَدَّثَهُ «أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ، وَالعَصْرَ، وَالمَغْرِبَ، وَالعِشَاءَ، ثُمَّ رَقَدَ رَقْدَةً بِالْمُحَصَّبِ، ثُمَّ رَكِبَ إِلَى البَيْتِ، فَطَافَ بِهِ»، تَابَعَهُ اللَّيْثُ، حَدَّثَنِي خَالِدٌ، عَنْ سَعِيدٍ، عَنْ قَتَادَةَ، أَنَّ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ حَدَّثَهُ، عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1756

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1756

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 145

If a woman gets her menses after Tawāf-al-Ifāda (would it be obligatory for her to perform Tawāf-al-Wadā?).

Hadith 1757

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1757. Narrated 'Aishah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: Ṣāfiyya bint Ḥuyai, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ got her menses, and Allāh's Messenger ﷺ was informed of that. He said, "Would she delay us?" The people said, "She has already performed Tawāf-al-Ifāda." He said, "Then she will not (delay us)."

Arabic text

1757 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ يُوسُفَ ، أَخْبَرَنَا مَالِكٌ، عَنْ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ بْنِ القَاسِمِ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، أَنَّ صَفِيَّةَ بِنْتَ حُيَيٍّ - زَوْجَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ - حَاضَتْ، فَذَكَرْتُ ذَلِكَ لِرَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَقَالَ: «أَحَابِسَتُنَا هِيَ» قَالُوا: إِنَّهَا قَدْ أَفَاضَتْ قَالَ: «فَلاَ إِذًا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1757

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1757

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1758

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1758, 1759. Narrated 'Ikrima: The people of Al-Madīna asked Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا about a woman who got her menses after performing Tawāf-al-Ifāda. He said, "She could depart (from Makkah)." They said, "We will not act on your verdict and ignore the verdict of Zaid." Ibn 'Abbās said, "When you reach Al-Madīna, inquire about it." So, when they reached Al-Madīna they asked (about that). One of those they asked was Umm Sulaim. She told them the narration of Ṣāfiyya (Hadīth No.1757).

Arabic text

1758 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو النُّعْمَانِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، أَنَّ أَهْلَ المَدِينَةِ سَأَلُوا ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنِ امْرَأَةٍ طَافَتْ ثُمَّ حَاضَتْ، قَالَ لَهُمْ: تَنْفِرُ، قَالُوا: لاَ نَأْخُذُ بِقَوْلِكَ وَنَدَعُ قَوْلَ زَيْدٍ قَالَ: إِذَا قَدِمْتُمُ المَدِينَةَ فَسَلُوا، فَقَدِمُوا المَدِينَةَ، فَسَأَلُوا، فَكَانَ فِيمَنْ سَأَلُوا أُمُّ سُلَيْمٍ، فَذَكَرَتْ حَدِيثَ صَفِيَّةَ رَوَاهُ خَالِدٌ، وَقَتَادَةُ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1758

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1758

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1759

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1758, 1759. Narrated 'Ikrima: The people of Al-Madīna asked Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا about a woman who got her menses after performing Tawāf-al-Ifāda. He said, "She could depart (from Makkah)." They said, "We will not act on your verdict and ignore the verdict of Zaid." Ibn 'Abbās said, "When you reach Al-Madīna, inquire about it." So, when they reached Al-Madīna they asked (about that). One of those they asked was Umm Sulaim. She told them the narration of Ṣāfiyya (Hadīth No.1757).

Arabic text

1758 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو النُّعْمَانِ، حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ، أَنَّ أَهْلَ المَدِينَةِ سَأَلُوا ابْنَ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، عَنِ امْرَأَةٍ طَافَتْ ثُمَّ حَاضَتْ، قَالَ لَهُمْ: تَنْفِرُ، قَالُوا: لاَ نَأْخُذُ بِقَوْلِكَ وَنَدَعُ قَوْلَ زَيْدٍ قَالَ: إِذَا قَدِمْتُمُ المَدِينَةَ فَسَلُوا، فَقَدِمُوا المَدِينَةَ، فَسَأَلُوا، فَكَانَ فِيمَنْ سَأَلُوا أُمُّ سُلَيْمٍ، فَذَكَرَتْ حَدِيثَ صَفِيَّةَ رَوَاهُ خَالِدٌ، وَقَتَادَةُ، عَنْ عِكْرِمَةَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1759

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1759

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1760

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1760. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: A menstruating woman was allowed to leave Makkah if she had done Tawāf-al-Ifāda.

Arabic text

1760 - حَدَّثَنَا مُسْلِمٌ، حَدَّثَنَا وُهَيْبٌ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ طَاوُسٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «رُخِّصَ لِلْحَائِضِ أَنْ تَنْفِرَ إِذَا أَفَاضَتْ»،

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1760

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1760

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1761

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1761. Ṭāwūs (a subnarrator) said that his father said, "I heard Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا saying that she should not depart. Then later I heard him saying that the Prophet ﷺ had allowed them (menstruating women) to depart."

Arabic text

1761 - قَالَ: وَسَمِعْتُ ابْنَ عُمَرَ يَقُولُ: إِنَّهَا لاَ تَنْفِرُ، ثُمَّ سَمِعْتُهُ يَقُولُ: بَعْدُ إِنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «رَخَّصَ لَهُنَّ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1761

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1761

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1762

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1762. Narrated 'Āishah رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا: We set out with the Prophet ﷺ with the intention of performing Hajj only. The Prophet ﷺ reached Makkah and performed Tawāf [of the Ka'bah and Sāy (going) between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa] and did not finish the Iḥrām, because he had the Hady with him. His Companions and his wives performed Tawāf [of the Ka'bah and Sāy (going) between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa], and those who had no Hady with them finished their Iḥrām. I got the menses and performed all the ceremonies of Hajj. So, when it was the night of Ḥaṣba (night of departure), I said, "O Allāh's Messenger! All your Companions are returning with Hajj and Umra except me." He asked me, "Didn't you perform Tawāf of the Ka'bah ('Umra) when you reached Makkah?" I said, "No." He said, "Go to Tan'im with your brother 'Abdur-Rahmān, and assume Iḥrām for 'Umra and I will wait for you at such and such a place." So, I went with 'Abdur-Rahmān to Tan'im and assumed Iḥrām for 'Umra. Then Ṣafīyya bint Ḥuyai got menses. The Prophet ﷺ said, "Aqrā Ḥalqā!"(1) You will detain us! Didn't you perform Tawāf (Al-Iṣāda) on the day of Nahr (slaughtering)?" She said, "Yes, I did." He said, "Then there is no harm, depart." So I met the Prophet ﷺ when he was ascending the heights towards Makkah and I was descending, or vice-versa.

Arabic text

1762 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو النُّعْمَانِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو عَوَانَةَ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا قَالَتْ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ وَلاَ نَرَى إِلَّا الحَجَّ، فَقَدِمَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، فَطَافَ بِالْبَيْتِ، وَبَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ وَلَمْ يَحِلَّ، وَكَانَ مَعَهُ الهَدْيُ، فَطَافَ مَنْ كَانَ مَعَهُ مِنْ نِسَائِهِ وَأَصْحَابِهِ، وَحَلَّ مِنْهُمْ مَنْ لَمْ يَكُنْ مَعَهُ الهَدْيُ، فَحَاضَتْ هِيَ، فَنَسَكْنَا مَنَاسِكَنَا مِنْ حَجِّنَا، فَلَمَّا كَانَ لَيْلَةَ الحَصْبَةِ، لَيْلَةُ النَّفْرِ، قَالَتْ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ، كُلُّ أَصْحَابِكَ يَرْجِعُ بِحَجٍّ وَعُمْرَةٍ غَيْرِي، قَالَ: «مَا كُنْتِ تَطُوفِينَ بِالْبَيْتِ لَيَالِيَ قَدِمْنَا» قُلْتُ: لاَ، قَالَ: «فَاخْرُجِي مَعَ أَخِيكِ إِلَى التَّنْعِيمِ، فَأَهِلِّي بِعُمْرَةٍ، وَمَوْعِدُكِ مَكَانَ كَذَا وَكَذَا». فَخَرَجْتُ مَعَ عَبْدِ الرَّحْمَنِ إِلَى التَّنْعِيمِ، فَأَهْلَلْتُ بِعُمْرَةٍ، وَحَاضَتْ صَفِيَّةُ بِنْتُ حُيَيٍّ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «عَقْرَى حَلْقَى، إِنَّكِ لَحَابِسَتُنَا، أَمَا كُنْتِ طُفْتِ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ؟» قَالَتْ: بَلَى، قَالَ: «فَلاَ بَأْسَ انْفِرِي» فَلَقِيتُهُ مُصْعِدًا عَلَى أَهْلِ مَكَّةَ، وَأَنَا مُنْهَبِطَةٌ، أَوْ أَنَا مُصْعِدَةٌ وَهُوَ مُنْهَبِطٌ، وَقَالَ مُسَدَّدٌ: قُلْتُ: لاَ، تَابَعَهُ جَرِيرٌ، عَنْ مَنْصُورٍ فِي قَوْلِهِ: لاَ

Footnotes

1 (1) (H.1762) "Aqrā Ḥalqā": See the glossary.

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1762

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1762

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 146

Whoever offered the ʿAṣr prayer at Abṭaḥ on the day of departure from Minā (Day of Nafr).

Hadith 1763

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1763. Narrated ʿAbdul-Azīz bin Rufai: I asked Anas bin Mālik, "Tell me something you have observed about the Prophet ﷺ concerning where he offered the Zuhr prayer on the day of Tarwiya (8th Dhul-Hijjah)." Anas replied, "He offered it at Mīnā." I said, "Where did he offer the ʿAṣr prayer on the day of Nafr (day of departure from Minā)?" He replied, "At Al-Abtah," and added, "You should do as your rulers (or leaders) do."

Arabic text

1763 - حَدَّثَنَا مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ المُثَنَّى، حَدَّثَنَا إِسْحَاقُ بْنُ يُوسُفَ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ الثَّوْرِيُّ، عَنْ عَبْدِ العَزِيزِ بْنِ رُفَيْعٍ، قَالَ: سَأَلْتُ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ: أَخْبِرْنِي بِشَيْءٍ، عَقَلْتَهُ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، أَيْنَ صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ يَوْمَ التَّرْوِيَةِ؟ قَالَ: «بِمِنًى»، قُلْتُ: فَأَيْنَ صَلَّى العَصْرَ يَوْمَ النَّفْرِ؟ قَالَ: «بِالأَبْطَحِ» افْعَلْ كَمَا يَفْعَلُ أُمَرَاؤُكَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1763

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1763

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1764

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1764. Narrated Anas bin Mālik: رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ The Prophet ﷺ offered the Zuhr, ʿAṣr, Maghrib and Ishā, Ṣalāt (prayers) and slept for a while at a place called Al-Muḥaṣṣab and then he rode towards the Kaʿbah and performed Tawāf (al-Wadāʿ).

Arabic text

1764 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ المُتَعَالِ بْنُ طَالِبٍ، حَدَّثَنَا ابْنُ وَهْبٍ، قَالَ: أَخْبَرَنِي عَمْرُو بْنُ الحَارِثِ، أَنَّ قَتَادَةَ، حَدَّثَهُ أَنَّ أَنَسَ بْنَ مَالِكٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُ، حَدَّثَهُ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ أَنَّهُ «صَلَّى الظُّهْرَ وَالعَصْرَ، وَالمَغْرِبَ وَالعِشَاءَ، وَرَقَدَ رَقْدَةً بِالْمُحَصَّبِ، ثُمَّ رَكِبَ إِلَى البَيْتِ، فَطَافَ بِهِ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1764

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1764

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 147

Al-Muḥaṣṣab. (This is situated between Makkah and Minā and is also called Al-Aḥṭah or Ḥaṣba or Khaif Bani Kināna.)

Hadith 1765

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1765. Narrated 'Āishah رضي الله عنه (The... Al-Abtal) was a place where the Prophet ﷺ used to camp so that it might be easier for him to depart.

Arabic text

1765 - حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو نُعَيْمٍ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، عَنْ هِشَامٍ، عَنْ أَبِيهِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: «إِنَّمَا كَانَ مَنْزِلٌ يَنْزِلُهُ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، لِيَكُونَ أَسْمَحَ لِخُرُوجِهِ» يَعْنِي بِالأَبْطَحِ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1765

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1765

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1766

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1766. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رضي الله عنها: Staying at Al-Muḥaṣṣab is not one of the ceremonies (of Hajj), but Al-Muḥaṣṣab is a place where Allāh's Messenger ﷺ camped (during his Hajjat-al-Waṭā').

Arabic text

1766 - حَدَّثَنَا عَلِيُّ بْنُ عَبْدِ اللَّهِ، حَدَّثَنَا سُفْيَانُ، قَالَ عَمْرٌو: عَنْ عَطَاءٍ، عَنِ ابْنِ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، قَالَ: «لَيْسَ التَّحْصِيبُ بِشَيْءٍ، إِنَّمَا هُوَ مَنْزِلٌ نَزَلَهُ رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1766

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1766

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 148

To camp at Dhi-Tuwa before entering Makkah and to camp at Al-Baṭḥā' which is at Dhul-Hulaifa on returning from Makkah (to Al-Madina).

Hadith 1767

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1767. Narrated Nāfi' : Ibn 'Umar رضي الله عنه used to spend the night at Dhi-Tuwa in between the two Thaniya and then he would enter Makkah through the Thaniya which is at the higher region of Makkah, and whenever he came to Makkah for Hajj or 'Umra, he never made his she-camel kneel down except near the gate of the Masjid (Al-Masjid-al-Haram), and then he would enter (it) and go to the Black (Stone) Corner and start from there the circumambulation of the Ka'bah seven times: hastening in the first three rounds (Ramal) and walking in the last four. On finishing, he would offer two Rak'ā prayer (of Tawāf) and set out to perform Tawāf - [Sāy (going)] between Aṣ-Ṣafā and Al-Marwa before returning to his dwelling place. On returning (to Al-Madīna) from Hajj or Umra, he used to make his camel kneel down at Al-Baṭhā which is at Dhul-Hulaifa, the place where the Prophet ﷺ used to make his camel kneel down.

Arabic text

1767 - حَدَّثَنَا إِبْرَاهِيمُ بْنُ المُنْذِرِ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبُو ضَمْرَةَ، حَدَّثَنَا مُوسَى بْنُ عُقْبَةَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: كَانَ يَبِيتُ بِذِي طُوًى، بَيْنَ الثَّنِيَّتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ يَدْخُلُ مِنَ الثَّنِيَّةِ الَّتِي بِأَعْلَى مَكَّةَ، وَكَانَ إِذَا قَدِمَ مَكَّةَ، حَاجًّا أَوْ مُعْتَمِرًا، لَمْ يُنِخْ نَاقَتَهُ إِلَّا عِنْدَ بَابِ المَسْجِدِ، ثُمَّ يَدْخُلُ، فَيَأْتِي الرُّكْنَ الأَسْوَدَ، فَيَبْدَأُ بِهِ، ثُمَّ يَطُوفُ سَبْعًا: ثَلاَثًا سَعْيًا وَأَرْبَعًا مَشْيًا، ثُمَّ يَنْصَرِفُ، فَيُصَلِّي رَكْعَتَيْنِ، ثُمَّ يَنْطَلِقُ قَبْلَ أَنْ يَرْجِعَ إِلَى مَنْزِلِهِ، فَيَطُوفُ بَيْنَ الصَّفَا وَالمَرْوَةِ، وَكَانَ إِذَا صَدَرَ عَنِ الحَجِّ أَوِ العُمْرَةِ «أَنَاخَ بِالْبَطْحَاءِ الَّتِي بِذِي الحُلَيْفَةِ، الَّتِي كَانَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ يُنِيخُ بِهَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1767

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1767

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1768

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1768. Narrated Khālid bin Al-Hārith: 'Ubaīdullāh was asked about Al-Muḥaṣṣab. 'Ubaīdullāh narrated: Nāfi' said, "Allāh's Messenger ﷺ, 'Umar and Ibn 'Umar camped there." Nāfi' added, "Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا used to offer the Zuhr and ʾAṣr prayer at it (i.e. Al-Muḥaṣṣab)." I think he mentioned the Maghrib prayer also. I said, "I don't doubt about 'Ishā' (i.e., he used to offer it there also), and he used to sleep there for a while. He used to say, 'The Prophet ﷺ used to do the same.'"

Arabic text

1768 - حَدَّثَنَا عَبْدُ اللَّهِ بْنُ عَبْدِ الوَهَّابِ، حَدَّثَنَا خَالِدُ بْنُ الحَارِثِ، قَالَ: سُئِلَ عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ عَنِ المُحَصَّبِ، فَحَدَّثَنَا عُبَيْدُ اللَّهِ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ قَالَ: «نَزَلَ بِهَا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ، وَعُمَرُ، وَابْنُ عُمَرَ»، وَعَنْ نَافِعٍ، أَنَّ ابْنَ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا، «كَانَ يُصَلِّي بِهَا - يَعْنِي المُحَصَّبَ - الظُّهْرَ وَالعَصْرَ» أَحْسِبُهُ قَالَ: «وَالمَغْرِبَ»، قَالَ خَالِدٌ لاَ أَشُكُّ فِي العِشَاءِ وَيَهْجَعُ هَجْعَةً، «وَيَذْكُرُ ذَلِكَ عَنِ النَّبِيِّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1768

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1768

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 149

Staying at Dhī-Ṭuwa on returning from Makkah.

Hadith 1769

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1769. Narrated Nāfi': Whenever Ibn 'Umar رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا approached (Makkah), he used to pass the night at Dhī-Ṭuwa till dawn, and then he would enter Makkah. On his return from Makkah, he used to pass by Dhī-Ṭuwa and pass the night there till dawn, and he used to say that the Prophet ﷺ used to do the same.

Arabic text

1769 - وَقَالَ مُحَمَّدُ بْنُ عِيسَى: حَدَّثَنَا حَمَّادٌ، عَنْ أَيُّوبَ، عَنْ نَافِعٍ، عَنْ ابْنِ عُمَرَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: «أَنَّهُ كَانَ إِذَا أَقْبَلَ بَاتَ بِذِي طُوًى حَتَّى إِذَا أَصْبَحَ دَخَلَ، وَإِذَا نَفَرَ مَرَّ بِذِي طُوًى، وَبَاتَ بِهَا حَتَّى يُصْبِحَ» وَكَانَ يَذْكُرُ أَنَّ النَّبِيَّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ كَانَ يَفْعَلُ ذَلِكَ

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1769

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1769

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 150

Trading during the time of Hajj, and selling in the markets of the Pre-Islāmic Period.

Hadith 1770

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1770. Narrated Ibn 'Abbās رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: Dhul-Majāz and 'Ukāz were the markets of the people during the Pre-Islāmic Period of Ignorance. When the people embraced Islām, they disliked to do bargaining there till the following Verses were revealed: “There is no sin on you if you seek of the Bounty of your Lord (during Hajj by trading, etc.)...” (V.2:198)

Arabic text

1770 - حَدَّثَنَا عُثْمَانُ بْنُ الهَيْثَمِ، أَخْبَرَنَا ابْنُ جُرَيْجٍ، قَالَ عَمْرُو بْنُ دِينَارٍ: قَالَ: ابْنُ عَبَّاسٍ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهُمَا: " كَانَ ذُو المَجَازِ، وَعُكَاظٌ مَتْجَرَ النَّاسِ فِي الجَاهِلِيَّةِ، فَلَمَّا جَاءَ الإِسْلاَمُ كَأَنَّهُمْ كَرِهُوا ذَلِكَ، حَتَّى نَزَلَتْ: {لَيْسَ عَلَيْكُمْ جُنَاحٌ أَنْ تَبْتَغُوا فَضْلًا مِنْ رَبِّكُمْ} [البقرة: 198] فِي مَوَاسِمِ الحَجِّ "

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1770

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1770

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Chapter 151

To depart from Al-Muḥaṣṣab in the last part of night.

Hadith 1771

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1771. Narrated ‘Āishah رضي الله عنها: Sāfiyya got her menses on the night of Nafr (departure from Hajj), and she said, “I see that I will detain you.” The Prophet ﷺ said, “‘Aqrā Halqā! Did she perform the Tawāf (Al-Ifāḍa) on the Day of Nahr (slaughtering)?” Somebody replied in the affirmative. He said, “Then depart.”

Arabic text

1771 - حَدَّثَنَا عُمَرُ بْنُ حَفْصٍ، حَدَّثَنَا أَبِي، حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، حَدَّثَنِي إِبْرَاهِيمُ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: حَاضَتْ صَفِيَّةُ لَيْلَةَ النَّفْرِ فَقَالَتْ: مَا أُرَانِي إِلَّا حَابِسَتَكُمْ، قَالَ: النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ «عَقْرَى حَلْقَى، أَطَافَتْ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ؟»، قِيلَ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: «فَانْفِرِي»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1771

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1771

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes

Hadith 1772

DarussalamNot foundAl-AlbaniNot found
My commentary

Select a passage to highlight it. Click or tap a highlight to remove it.

English translation

1772. Narrated ‘Āishah رضي الله عنها: “We set out with Allāh’s Messenger ﷺ (from Al-Madīna) with the intention of performing Hajj only. When we reached Makkah, he ordered us to finish the Iḥrām. When it was the night of Nafr (departure), Sāfiyya bint Ḥuyai got her menses. The Prophet ﷺ said, “Halqa ‘Aqrā! I think that she will detain you,” and asked (her), “Did you perform the Tawāf (Al-Ifāḍa) on the day of Nahr (slaughtering)?” She replied, “Yes.” He said, “Then depart.” I said, “O Allāh’s Messenger! I have not (done the Umra).” He replied, “Perform Umra from Tan‘im.” My brother went with me and we came across the Prophet ﷺ in the last part of the night. He said, "Wait at such and such a place."

Arabic text

1772 - قَالَ أَبُو عَبْدِ اللَّهِ: وَزَادَنِي مُحَمَّدٌ، حَدَّثَنَا مُحَاضِرٌ، حَدَّثَنَا الأَعْمَشُ، عَنْ إِبْرَاهِيمَ، عَنِ الأَسْوَدِ، عَنْ عَائِشَةَ رَضِيَ اللَّهُ عَنْهَا، قَالَتْ: خَرَجْنَا مَعَ رَسُولِ اللَّهِ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ لاَ نَذْكُرُ إِلَّا الحَجَّ، فَلَمَّا قَدِمْنَا، أَمَرَنَا أَنْ نَحِلَّ، فَلَمَّا كَانَتْ لَيْلَةُ النَّفْرِ، حَاضَتْ صَفِيَّةُ بِنْتُ حُيَيٍّ، فَقَالَ النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ: «حَلْقَى عَقْرَى مَا أُرَاهَا إِلَّا حَابِسَتَكُمْ»، ثُمَّ قَالَ: «كُنْتِ طُفْتِ يَوْمَ النَّحْرِ؟» قَالَتْ: نَعَمْ، قَالَ: «فَانْفِرِي»، قُلْتُ: يَا رَسُولَ اللَّهِ إِنِّي لَمْ أَكُنْ حَلَلْتُ، قَالَ: «فَاعْتَمِرِي مِنَ التَّنْعِيمِ» فَخَرَجَ مَعَهَا أَخُوهَا، فَلَقِينَاهُ مُدَّلِجًا فَقَالَ: «مَوْعِدُكِ مَكَانَ كَذَا وَكَذَا»

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1772

Report an issue

Sahih al-Bukhari · Hadith 1772

This message and the hadith reference are sent privately to the administrator. Your saved commentary is not included. Please avoid personal or sensitive information. Report terms.

Sources & notes